tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-67414408920612625482011-09-19T10:48:15.036-07:00Flying is so much fynBD2010http://www.blogger.com/profile/08872350845258336326noreply@blogger.comBlogger101100tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6741440892061262548.post-20623384262541902132010-10-28T03:50:00.000-07:002010-10-28T03:51:57.471-07:00I love this new site which helps new ATPL students<br /><br /><a href="http://atpladvice.netau.net/"></a><br /><br />it is so great<div class="blogger-post-footer"><img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6741440892061262548-2062338426254190213?l=bd1983.blogspot.com' alt='' /></div>BD2010http://www.blogger.com/profile/08872350845258336326noreply@blogger.com1tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6741440892061262548.post-67182604061179693122010-10-28T03:49:00.001-07:002010-10-28T03:49:44.896-07:00Hi all,<br /><br />I have found a new site <br /><br />http://atpladvice.netau.net/<br /><br />this is a great site!<div class="blogger-post-footer"><img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6741440892061262548-6718260406117969312?l=bd1983.blogspot.com' alt='' /></div>BD2010http://www.blogger.com/profile/08872350845258336326noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6741440892061262548.post-7648906788938474232010-03-24T09:03:00.000-07:002010-03-24T09:07:19.974-07:00I have tons and tons of information that I have gathered from the web and my sources! <br /> <br />He it is! <br /> <br />Enjoy! <br /> <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />20 Ways To Make <br />$100 Per Day Online <br />Presented to you by <br />A very enthusiastic group of people with widely divergent skills, <br />expressing the urgent wish to create a highly valuable product in <br />only 3 weeks' time, to prove the rest of the world that it CAN BE DONE! <br />Copyright 2007, All Rights Reserved <br />The copyrights for the individual chapters belong to the author mentioned in there. <br />Unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material in any form is strictly prohibited. Violators will be <br />prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law. <br />No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any <br />means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior written permission from the <br />author/publisher. <br />The author, publisher, and distributor of this product assume no responsibility for the use or misuse of this <br />product, or for any injury, damage and/or financial loss sustained to persons or property as a result of using this <br />report. While every effort has been made to ensure reliability of the information within, the liability, negligence or <br />otherwise, or from any use, misuse or abuse of the operation of any methods, strategies, instructions or ideas <br />contained in the material herein is the sole responsibility of the reader. <br />The reader is encouraged to seek competent legal and accounting advice before engaging in any business <br />activity. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 1 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Table of Contents <br />H ow To Get The Most Value From This Unique Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 <br />T he Right Mindset To Make $100 A Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 <br />P rofitable Niche Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 <br />S oftware creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 <br />B randing: Making Yourself 'Memorable' On A Small Budget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 <br />G hostwriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 <br />C reating and Selling Your Software Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 <br />O ffline to Online Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3 <br />P laying the Multi Level Marketing Game the RIGHT Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9 <br />e Bay selling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 <br />T rendmarketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 <br />W riting Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 22 <br />G raphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37 <br />I nfoproduct creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 56 <br />I nternet Based Greeting Card System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 65 <br />T eleseminars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 76 <br />P ublic Domain Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 94 <br />M embership sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 07 <br />R esell Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 13 <br />E mail Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 22 <br />A ffiliate marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 31 <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 2 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />How To Get The Most Value From This Unique Product <br />Congratulations on your purchase of “20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day <br />Online!” <br />Let’s begin by introducing you to our publication, which was created by <br />members of The Internet Marketing Inner Circle. <br />This one-of-a-kind product demonstrates how “average people” can and <br />do build sustainable incomes working part-time from home. Each chapter <br />was written by an “average person” who achieved the goal of making <br />$100 a day online by focusing on his or her existing interests and building <br />small, home-based businesses around them. <br />A panel of online-business experts reviewed each chapter, applying “realworld” <br />tests for authenticity and practical value. This was a serious <br />undertaking. There are no wild claims or exaggerations in this <br />publication. Each chapter is of equal importance. <br />You’ll receive the most value from your purchase by viewing this <br />publication as a collection of tried-and-true methods. No two chapter <br />authors do precisely the same thing to make money, a testament to the <br />wide array of choices and techniques that can be employed online. <br />We suggest you start your journey by committing not to let this <br />publication get lost on your hard drive. Make a special place for it. Return <br />to it often to review ideas and information. Print out a copy and keep it <br />within close reach. <br />It’s vital for you to embrace your personal goal: I want to make $100 a <br />day working part-time online from home. Empower yourself with the <br />exciting thought that the world is the marketplace and that electronic <br />business is conducted around the clock. Unlike the brick-and-mortar <br />world, the doors never close on the Internet. <br />Some of the methods discussed in this publication will enable you to get <br />paid instantly for products delivered automatically while you’re sleeping. <br />Other methods discussed will enable the creation of weekly or monthly <br />income, either through electronic payments or checks mailed to your <br />home. <br />We are delighted to present this information and extend our best wishes <br />for your success. Thank you for taking this journey with us! <br />Willie Crawford, <br />Founder, The Internet Marketing Inner Circle <br />http://TheInternetMarketingInnerCircle.com <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 3 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />The Right Mindset To Make $100 A Day <br />Written by Dr. Mani Sivasubramanian <br />How To Make $100 a Day? <br />For some people, it will be child's play. <br />For some others, it will seem 'impossible'. <br />For the rest, it's somewhere in between. <br />Which group are YOU in? <br />I'll take a guess. Because you're reading this book, I'll assume you are <br />NOT in the first group... but want to be there! <br />Great. That's what you'll learn inside this collection of plans, models and <br />step by step blueprints to make $100 a day. <br />But first, tell me which of these is YOU... <br />[ ] I think it's IMPOSSIBLE to make $100 a day working online <br />[ ] I feel $100 a day can be made by some people - just not me <br />[ ] I know $100 a day is possible, I've done it - but not consistently <br />Picked one of the 3 choices above? <br />Good. Now, I'll reveal the BIGGEST secret that will make it possible for <br />you to make $100 a day - every day, day after day, starting very soon. <br />You Must BELIEVE It Can Be Done - By YOU <br />I know it's hard. For the first 6 or 7 years of working on my online <br />business, I did not believe it could be done. But things changed. I had <br />smaller successes that gave me confidence and hope. And then, at last, I <br />really believed deep inside me that making $100 a day was possible. <br />Guess what? <br />Within 1 month from then, I had my first $1,000 day. Yes, one <br />THOUSAND bucks in 24 hours. <br />It gets better. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 4 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Less than 3 weeks from that day, I had my first $2,000 day. I had <br />DOUBLED my previous best in under a month! <br />And there's more. <br />Within the next 3 months, I had my first TEN THOUSAND dollar day - and <br />then repeated that several times over the years that followed... even had <br />one memorable $20,000 day! <br />How did I break that mental barrier? What made that 'dream' possible? <br />Seeing other people succeed. Being in touch with them. Finding out how <br />they did it. <br />Finally, one thing gave me the big shove in my back - John Reese's <br />memorable MILLION DOLLAR DAY. <br />It shattered previous barriers and limits inside my mind. It gave me the <br />courage to dream bigger dreams. It gave me confidence to go after the <br />bigger dreams - with bigger action steps. <br />And because I believed, deep inside, in my heart, and with absolutely no <br />doubt, it happened. Napoleon Hill, author of 'Think and Grow Rich' said it <br />nicely: <br />"Whatever the mind can conceive and believe, it can achieve" <br />Look, I can understand how you feel. <br />It's perfectly logical to think: <br />"I'll believe it when I see it." <br />But let me give you an alternative that's more inspiring: <br />"I'll see it BECAUSE I BELIEVE IT!" <br />Make that your new reality, as we learn the specific action steps to make <br />your dream of making $100 a day come true. <br />= = = = <br />What Exactly Is $100 a Day? <br />Quite literally, it means, you make ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS in a day. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 5 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />But like everything else, there are different ways of viewing this. <br />$100 a day can also mean $700 a week. <br />$100 a day can also mean $3,000 a month. <br />$100 a day can also mean $9,000 a quarter. <br />$100 a day can also mean $36,500 a year. <br />All of these are different ways of looking at the same figure - and there's <br />a reason you may want to pick one of these over the other... because I'm <br />going to show you how to hit those numbers in your own way. <br />If you're a strategic, future-oriented, long-term focussed business-person, <br />you may like the annual figure better than the per-day target. <br />If you're in need of urgent cashflow, and live in a more 'need quick cash <br />now' mindset, the $100 every 24 hours view looks more attractive. <br />So let's explore the different possibilities. <br />= = = = <br />Making $100 a Day - The Models <br />Broadly, I'm going to classify your '$100 a day models' into 3 groups: <br />- short term (measured weekly) <br />- medium term (measured monthly) <br />- long term (measured quarterly or annually) <br />Short Term Models <br />Note: All totals for income will be calculated on a WEEKLY basis. <br />Let's first look at models that will let you make $100 a day - quickly. <br />Model #1: Low cost, daily sales <br />You sell a low-cost item (product or service) priced at $10. You make 10 <br />sales every day. You earn $100 a day. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 6 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Simple, right? <br />Weekly total: $700, from 70 sales, each at $10 <br />The one difficulty is being able to make 10 sales every day, week after <br />week. <br />Model #2: Price hike <br />Let's look at what happens if instead you sell a higher priced product, at <br />$20 <br />Now, all you need is to make 5 sales every day, and you reach your <br />target. <br />You sell a $20 item (product or service). You make 5 sales every day. You <br />earn $100 a day. <br />A bit easier, right? And 5 sales daily is easier than 10. <br />Weekly total: $700, from 35 sales, each at $20 <br />Model #3: Upsell <br />Now, if you add another related product or service to your offer, and <br />make it available to buyers at the same time, let's see what happens. <br />You sell a $20 item (product or service). You make 5 sales every day. You <br />earn $100 a day. You also offer a related item for $5. 1 out of every 5 <br />buyers accepts your upsell offer. You earn an extra $5 a day. <br />That sounds easy - and it just boosted your profits by 5% <br />Weekly total: $700 + $35 - from 35 sales at $20 plus 7 people taking the <br />upsell offer at $5 <br />Model #4: One Time Offer <br />Let's extend this further - by making a very special, exclusive offer to <br />your customers AFTER they have bought from you. <br />You put together a high-value package (products, services, membership <br />or other) and offer it at a steep discounted price - but only for a very <br />limited time (the 'one time' offer) <br />You sell a $20 item (product or service) with $5 upsell. You make 5 sales <br />every day. You also make a one-time offer for $50. 1 out of every 10 <br />buyers accepts your upsell offer. You earn an extra $175 (on average) <br />every week. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 7 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Weekly total: $910, i.e. $735 (from 35 sales and 5 upsells) + $175 <br />(from 3.5 O.T.O. sales at $50 each) <br />Do you see what you just did here? You gave yourself a holiday on <br />Sunday - or any other day of the week you prefer! You'll still meet your <br />$100 a day target, because of your O.T.O. and upsell. <br />Model #5: Backend <br />It gets better. If you've sold your customer a really good, high-value <br />product or service, they'll be happy. And happy buyers very often BUY <br />AGAIN. It's best to make another offer within a week after your first sale. <br />You sell a $20 item with $5 upsell and $50 O.T.O. Within the first week, <br />you offer another item at $25. 3 out of every 10 buyers takes you up on <br />the 2nd offer. You earn an extra $250 from 10 sales. <br />Weekly total: $1,160 ($910 from the first sale with upsell and O.T.O. and <br />$250 from backend sales) <br />Now you're rocking! <br />You've just earned yourself a LONG weekend without working - and your <br />business still brings in $100 a day, on average! <br />Are you beginning to see the power in these models? Each small change <br />builds up on the earlier ones, and gives you an incremental advantage as <br />you ramp up your sales - or take more time off, whichever you prefer! <br />Medium Term Models <br />Note: All totals for income will be calculated on a MONTHLY basis. <br />We've seen models that will let you make $100 a day - quickly. For those <br />who are able to focus on sustained effort over a period of time, this may <br />be a more suitable model than the day-to-day hustling for sales. <br />Model #6: Continuity <br />Let's get a bit more fancy. <br />What if you go with a 'membership' model, where you sell recurring <br />services or access to a regularly updated site - and bill customers every <br />30 days, automatically? <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 8 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Even if your price is still $10 per month, by automatically continuing the <br />sale every month, you'll earn a recurring income from every new member <br />who joins. <br />For simplicity let's assume, you offer this as a separate program (you <br />could always tie it into the earlier models and earn MORE from those <br />customers!) <br />You sell a $10/month membership. You make 10 sales every day. You <br />earn $100 a day. You repeat this for a month. After 1 month, even if you <br />do NOTHING, you'll still earn $100 a day - for as long as your members <br />remain in your program and keep paying monthly dues! <br />Wow! <br />For 1 month, it's HARD work - but see what happens after that? All you <br />need to do is keep the membership so valuable and attractive that you <br />retain your members and they keep paying you $10 every month, over <br />and over again! <br />You get to make $100 a day - literally on AUTO-PILOT. <br />Looking easier - and more attractive - isn't it? <br />Monthly total: $3,000 - from 300 members, each paying $10 every <br />month <br />Here's an exercise for you... <br />Play around with the same scenarios we discussed earlier, with the price <br />hike, upsell, O.T.O. and backend models ADDED ON to this one! <br />Long Term Models <br />Note: All totals for income will be calculated on a QUARTERLY or ANNUAL <br />basis. <br />We've seen models that will let you make $100 a day - quickly. We've <br />seen a model where you can make $3,000 monthly. <br />For those who don't mind deferring their profits to go for 'big hits', there <br />are other models that may be more attractive. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 9 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Model #7: Build and Sell <br />What if you build a resource, a business, a sales process, an eBay store or <br />something that generates revenue (or has potential to) - and then sell it <br />to a buyer (or license it to many buyers)? <br />Model #8: Turnkey Solutions <br />It may take you a month to build 10 content-rich minisites and set them <br />up with a domain name, affiliate product selling page and more bells and <br />whistles. <br />You can then sell each of the sites for $300 - or the entire network of <br />content sites for $3,000 - to a buyer or on eBay. <br />Turnkey solutions can also be included into a 'membership' model - you <br />won't have to keep hustling for sales, but just focus on delivering each <br />month's installment to existing members! <br />Model #9: Software Development <br />If you are an expert in a niche and have identified the need for a specific <br />kind of software or tool that solves a problem, you may spend 3 months <br />developing it - and then sell enough licenses to hit your target. <br />Model #10: Seminars & Consulting <br />If it's your cup of tea, you could plan a conference, seminar, workshop or <br />coaching program. Spend 3 months arranging the event, creating content, <br />getting speakers, arranging JV deals - and then hold the event on 1 day, <br />selling 100 seats at $197 each to hit your $100 a day target - even after <br />expenses! <br />There are many more ways to earn $100 a day and I hope you're seeing <br />the possibilities. <br />The rest of this book will have MANY step by step plans that will expand <br />your vision of what's possible. <br />In the end, though, it's all up to you. Take the ideas and run with them. <br />Make them your own. Build your own cash streams that pull in $100 a <br />day or more. Then share your success stories with other readers of this <br />book - your success will inspire someone else, and this thing just grows <br />and grows and grows. <br />To your massive success - and many more $100 days! <br />Dr. Mani <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 10 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Internet infopreneur Dr.Mani Sivasubramanian has been online since <br />1996, and helped hundreds of business owners build online information <br />empires. He shares powerful tips, ideas and secrets about achieving <br />success and building massive wealth from information products in his <br />"Internet Infopreneur Tips" ezine. http://www.internetinfopreneur.com/ <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 11 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Profitable Niche Marketing <br />Written by Case Stevens. <br />Niche marketing is a hype these days, but actually it’s nothing new. It’s <br />been around for years, only we didn’t call it niche marketing. In the early <br />online days, the credo was “do what you love and the money will follow”. <br />That has evaluated into more sophisticated strategies, where you first <br />explore IF there’s a market and whether that market you’re about to <br />enter is profitable. <br />Determining a market niche is one of the most important decisions you <br />will make. If you choose well, chances are great that you can make good <br />money. If you choose poorly, then you will likely struggle. <br />While you can take more time if you like to, most people find a market <br />niche they can explore in as little as one day. And very often, people <br />identify several while going through this process. <br />What is a niche? <br />Let's define a niche first, so we both know what we’re talking about: <br />A niche is just a tiny, (highly) specialized marketplace. <br />A marketplace means that there's demand and supply. <br />Why niche marketing? <br />Many people ask me why niche marketing is so important. Well, there are <br />several reasons: <br />● Less Competition <br />In general, the more specific your market is, the less competition <br />you will experience. You can brand yourself as the expert as long as <br />you deliver high quality information to your prospects. <br />On the other hand you have to realize that competition isn't bad. <br />A market without competition could be a very bad one, because <br />others have tried already and found it unprofitable. So, a certain <br />amount of competition is good. It proves that there is a large <br />interest in what you have to offer. All you need to do is make your <br />offer unique - and position it correctly. <br />● Hungry Buyers/Seekers <br />Many people, in fact almost everybody likes to collect and not just <br />only stamps, postcards, miniatures or books. People collect <br />ANYTHING! There's a demand and supply for anything. The greater <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 12 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />the demand and the lower the supply, the more likely people want <br />to pay for what they collect. <br />● NO Large Corporations <br />Because niche markets are relatively small and require special <br />knowledge, large corporations will often skip them. That means you <br />don't have to compete with their million-dollars budgets. Big <br />advantage. <br />● Do What You Like. <br />IF you know something interesting and that also happen to be a <br />profitable or in demand niche market, you can transform your <br />hobby into your work. You do not necessarily have to know the <br />topic yourself, maybe you know a great resource that will work with <br />you. <br />Basically there are two ways to enter a niche: <br />1. follow your passion (supply) or <br />2. follow the money (demand). <br />If you follow your passion it will be easy to develop content. Hey, <br />you're the 'expert' and you do what you love. As long as you have a great <br />interest and know more than "most" of your prospects, you'll be able to <br />succeed. But you still have to find out if your passion is profitable! In <br />other words: does your market spend money? <br />And if you follow the money, financially you're already on the right track, <br />but it will be more difficult for you to develop content. Oh yes, you can <br />hire ghostwriters. But they aren’t experts either, are they? <br />In order to follow the money, you have to develop some ..... eh passion <br />and specialized expertise for the niche otherwise you can't fill your site <br />properly with high-value content. <br />So, either way you have to do something extra. <br />Sidenote: Here's where lots of people go wrong. They follow their <br />passion and develop a product first and then go out to find the <br />customers. That's exactly the wrong way to do this. You should look <br />for a hungry market first and then, if all indicators are positive, <br />develop a product. <br />Now, knowing all this, let's redefine a niche. Let's define a ..... profitable <br />niche! <br />A profitable niche is a (highly) specialized marketplace with <br />few competitors, high demand and money to pay for that demand. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 13 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />That's what you have to find out. Actually you have to find out four <br />things: <br />● do you like the niche topic, do you know about it, or do you <br />have a great resource for it, or can you develop a passion for <br />it? <br />● is there a market for your niche (demand)? <br />● if yes, does it have a lot of competition (supply)? <br />● is that market willing to pay money for information, solutions or <br />products (profitable)? <br />If you find a niche with lots of competitors, it’s going to be very difficult <br />to make profits from that market. <br />On the other hand, if you find out that demand is too low, then maybe <br />the niche is too small. <br />Finally, if you think the niche is great, but there’s nobody there who <br />wants to pay for products, then you’re niche isn’t profitable. That's what <br />happened to pets.com. <br />You want to avoid these situations at all cost. <br />So, what's selling, what's hot? <br />Let’s ... <br />Find Your Niche <br />Before we dive into this, be aware that the whole process described below <br />is an estimate, not exact science. It's just to give you an idea about the <br />possibilities in your niche market. <br />Step 1 <br />The first step is a global approach. It all starts with picking an area you <br />are passionate about or you can develop a passion for. <br />If you already have a passion or expertise, search for it in the places <br />below. If you don't have one, browse the places below until you find one <br />that interests you. <br />First, visit your local shopping malls, libraries, and bookstores. See what <br />people buy there and what the trends are. Always look for bestsellers <br />lists. Buy some well-known magazines. <br />These places are markets and you can find a niche there. Keep your eyes <br />open and watch for trends. <br />You can do the same online. <br />To get general ideas, you can visit: <br />Google Zeitgeist - http://www.google.com/trends/hottrends <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 14 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Lycos Top 50 - http://50.lycos.com <br />Yahoo! Buzz - http://buzz.yahoo.com <br />eBay Pulse - http://pulse.ebay.com <br />eBay is one of the best marketplaces online! <br />Go to their home page and select a category that you may be interested <br />in, using the topics you’ve gathered from looking at the previous sites. <br />Drill down in there until you find a niche market. Then look for profitable <br />sub-niches by then selecting a sub-category. The best chance for success <br />is if you are as specific as possible with your niche selection. Take a note <br />of how many people bid on items there and you may have discovered a <br />profitable niche market. <br />Also, check the largest stores as well to see what they’re selling. There <br />has to be a reason they are the largest stores. They must be doing <br />something right. <br />eBay also puts out a PDF report of their hottest categories each month, <br />available at http://pages.ebay.com/sellercentral/hotitems.pdf. <br />Just recently I found a very interesting topic, but I didn't do a thing with <br />it. Know why? Cause I don't know squat about millinery! <br />You should also try <br />Amazon - http://www.amazon.com. Look at their bestsellers lists. <br />Amazon is a great place to see what currently exists for any given subniche. <br />Chances are, the more books there are written on the subject, the <br />more that market spends on those topics. <br />For example: First specify “Books” to search. Then enter your niche. If <br />there's thousands of books, your niche is not targeted enough. It is too <br />“mainstream.” You should further narrow your search. <br />Hang out on Message Boards and in Newsgroups! <br />Just enter your topic of interest in the Google searchbox and add <br />+”message board” (include the quotes) or +newsgroups. <br />See what questions are asked and which topics are popular. Find out what <br />problems need to be solved. <br />Is there anything you like very much, something you know a lot about or <br />someone else who knows a lot about a topic that you can ask for help? <br />You see, if you're going online you have to provide tons of content! It's <br />much easier to write about something you know about or like to do very <br />much than on a topic you hate or don't know a thing about. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 15 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Step 2 <br />Buyers used to go out for shopping, there simply was no alternative. Now, <br />with the increase of both trust and quality that the Internet offers, they <br />fall back into their natural pattern of being lazy. They don't want to leave <br />the comfort of their own home, they want to buy from there and even <br />have the goods delivered direct to their doorstep! <br />They use search engines to find what they are looking for. <br />Once in a search engine they use phrases or keywords to find what they <br />are looking for. We want to know what phrases they use. If we can get <br />OUR message in front of their eyeballs after typing in such a phrase, we <br />DO have a potential customer, don't we? <br />So, let's discover first what these buyers are searching for online. <br />Let's do some keyword research. <br />Go to https://adwords.google.com/select/KeywordToolExternal <br />Then, type in your keyword and enter the challenge response word. <br />Click on Get More Keywords. <br />The next page doesn't show you exact numbers. <br />Instead it shows trends, like this: <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 16 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Ok, lot's of possibilities here (The above is only part of the list). <br />We still have to find out two things: do we have a lot of competition and <br />is this a hungry market? <br />Let's do that hungry market check right away, since we are here anyway. <br />Just click the Selector to change the display view to Costs and Position <br />Estimates. You have to fill in a daily budget. Set it to 100 dollars, so you <br />will see the maximum bids. <br />Next, click on Estimate Average CPC to order the bids from high to low. <br />Now you can see what advertisers are willing to pay for these keywords! <br />If they pay more than a dollar per click, you may have found a niche <br />where people are willing to spend some money. <br />Here are some other resources to check if people want to pay for your <br />products. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 17 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />To check on the companies that are bidding on your keywords in Google <br />Adwords, use http://www.googspy.com. <br />One relative newcomer as a research tool is Google Trends over at <br />http://www.google.com/trends. <br />Step 3 <br />Here are the main indicators about your competition.... Basically, if you <br />sign up <br />Google results <br />Let's go to Google and enter the keyword phrase "kitchen appliances" <br />(include the quotes – we're looking for the exact phrase!). <br />At the top of the resulting page you'll see the number of pages that <br />Google found for this keyphrase. At the time of this writing it said: <br />Results 1 - 10 of about 2,020,000 for "kitchen appliances" <br />Wow, that's a lot! It seems there's too much competition here. <br />But wait ..... <br />Let's have a quick look at that results page. <br />You see, the Title of a web page is, by far, the most important resource <br />for search engines to find out what websites are all about. <br />So .... <br />Do you see many titles containing "kitchen appliances" (if the exact <br />keyphrase is in the title, it is in bold)? If not, then most of these pages <br />aren't optimized for this keyword. You may have a chance. <br />Let's dig deeper into this. <br />Do this: use the same search, only this time add the prefix: 'intitle:' <br />(leave the single quote out). Now you get all the search results for your <br />keyphrase that is included in the title of the pages. The number of results <br />should be (a lot) less than in the first search you performed. <br />This should give you a better indication of your chances of finding a great <br />niche. <br />Sidenote: If you find a great site with an affiliate program while <br />browsing, jot down the URL for that site. You'll need it in step 4. <br />But we're not done yet! Let's dig into ... <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 18 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />PageRanks <br />Click all the links on that page that have your keyword in the title <br />(including plurals of your keyphrase) and see what their PageRanks are. <br />You can see this very quickly if <br />you have the Google Toolbar installed. <br />Sidenote: The Google Toolbar is a nifty little program that you can <br />download and install in your webbrowser. Among other things, it <br />will show you the Page Rank for the site you're looking at. <br />You can download the Google Toolbar here: toolbar.google.com. <br />Tally the page rank of all the pages you opened with the keyword in the <br />title and divide by the number of pages with the keyword in the title. <br />That's the average PR of that SERP (Search Engine Result Page). <br />Pagerank tells you how important these sites are according to Google. <br />If most of them have a PR of 5 or lower, you may have a chance. <br />PR 5 is already hard to beat; higher PageRanks means it's going to be <br />much more difficult to be listed in the top 10. <br />Sidenote: Actually PR isn’t that important; inbound links are. <br />Inbound links (or back links) are websites linking to the site you’re <br />looking at. You can see the number of backlinks for any site by <br />clicking on the Google Toolbar and selecting backward links. Some <br />have thousands or even tens of thousands of backlinks. Hard to <br />beat! PageRank however, is a nice reflection of the number of <br />backlinks.) <br />Do this right now and put the results in a little table or spreadsheet. That <br />will give you a good idea about your competition and the possibility of <br />dominating your niche. <br />How to use your keyphrases <br />If you decide to build a website or a blog for the niche you've found, <br />ideally you want to find 10 - 15 keyphrases that you can use as <br />(sub)categories in your website/blog. From these keywords we have to <br />select one as the name of our website; all others will be categories or <br />directories within the site. <br />Using the graphic above, you could decide to use the following phrases: <br />– kitchen appliances <br />– large kitchen appliances <br />– antique kitchen appliances <br />– blue kitchen appliances <br />– copper kitchen appliances <br />– cuisinart kitchen appliances <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 19 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />– and so on. <br />All keywords tie in neatly. Now we can use the keyphrases we've found to <br />make a good decision for our domain name. What you ideally want is as <br />many of your keyphrases as possible in your domain name. On the other <br />hand, the domain name should be one that is memorable and usable. <br />Make it easy to remember and easy to use (avoid having domain names <br />that would be difficult for people to spell). <br />We could decide to name our website 'kitchen-appliances.com' or 'bestkitchen- <br />appliances.com' or 'kitchen-appliances-reviews.com'. You get the <br />idea. Just check to see which ones are available. <br />Our website would then have several directories named after the other <br />keyphrases and in these directories we write our high-value content <br />pages. It would look something like this: <br />Your domain name is the first tier and your main keyphrases make up the <br />second tier. You fill the second tier pages with keyword rich content AND <br />with links to the very specific third tier pages. These are keyword rich <br />pages that should list high in search engines and link back to your second <br />tier pages where you can sell or promote products. <br />Because it's a niche and these keyphrases are so closely related, you <br />have a very good chance to score high in the search engines for these <br />keyphrases. <br />Which means... Free Traffic! <br />Step 4 <br />In step 3, you've written down possible partners in your niche who have a <br />great site and an affiliate program that you can promote at your site. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 20 of 247 <br />kitchen-appliances.com <br />large <br />kitchen <br />appliances <br />High Value <br />Content Pages <br />High Value <br />Content Pages <br />High Value <br />Content Pages <br />Etc. <br />blue <br />kitchen <br />appliances <br />antique <br />kitchen <br />appliances <br />copper <br />kitchen <br />appliances <br />High Value <br />Content Pages <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Basically, if you sign up for an affiliate program you'll get a special URL <br />that you can use to send your visitors over to the merchant who does the <br />selling part for you and reward you with a commission if any of your <br />visitors buy. <br />You see, the latest hype is to develop niche websites only to make money <br />using Google Adsense. Since we're aiming for high-quality content <br />websites, you're site has a huge chance to be accepted by Google <br />Adsense. And the way we're setting up our websites is a perfect way to <br />attract the best targeted advertising. So yes, you can and even should <br />apply Adsense on your site. I can wholeheartedly recommend that. <br />But I do not recommend putting all your eggs in one basket. <br />Since you want to build a high quality content website, why not also <br />promote great affiliate programs to make some money? Using your <br />content you can pre-sell your visitors and use your affiliate link to send <br />them over to the merchant. <br />You may want to dig deeper into this. Use your keyphrase in the Google <br />searchbox and add +”affiliate program” (include the quotes) or +affiliate. <br />See what comes up. Explore the affiliate programs. <br />Also keep an eye open for information or products that you can buy or <br />use to make your own product. That's the most profitable way to make <br />money with your niche site. <br />So, there you have your niche! <br />Step 5 <br />Now, get a domain name and build your site. <br />You can use a great, search engine optimized template to build your <br />websites or you can use a blog. <br />Now you're ready to make $100 a day. <br />You can do so using Adsense or other paid advertising methods. <br />See how much each site brings in and setup another one until you reach <br />the $100 a day goal. Be sure however, that you always publish high <br />quality content, otherwise the search engines will penalize you sooner <br />than you can create your next site. <br />I've done that and it works. But here's another approach which can be <br />much more profitable. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 21 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Create valuable content describing problems in the niche and how your <br />visitors can solve them. Gently weave in an affiliate link, not obtrusive, <br />but useful. In the long term, this will even generate more money than <br />paid advertising. Check out the chapter about Affiliate Marketing in this <br />book. <br />And if you select your affiliate programs carefully, concentrating on those <br />that pay recurring commissions or use lifetime cookies, then you're <br />building a real business. <br />Check out this site: Lifetimecommissions.com <br />Case Stevens is marketing online since 1998. He knows what works and <br />what doesn't, because he tests everything. He also shares his results, <br />strategies, techniques and tips & tricks in his newsletter Affordable Online <br />Strategies. Check it out and sign up now! <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 22 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Software creation <br />Written by Kenth Nasstrom <br />Introduction <br />Software production is one of the main income sources online. The reason <br />for this is simple. To be online you need a computer of some kind and <br />computers use software to run. <br />Being a marketer, this chapter will give you a complete “How to Earn <br />Money from Software” blueprint. I’ve kept the tech talk to a minimum <br />while focusing on the overall picture. This will make it easier for you to <br />turn the information into your new source of income! <br />By creating your own software and having it displayed online you’ll be <br />targeting one of Internet's biggest target groups, The computer software <br />users. <br />They come in all ages and shapes from all over the world and millions of <br />software downloads are made each and every day making software a safe <br />bet when it comes to earning money online. <br />By having your own software, targeting a need among computer users <br />and automating the selling process you’ll have a money making machine <br />in place that can make you $100 and more on a daily basis <br />The information you need to make this happen is being presented in the <br />7 parts of this chapter. All parts are important for you to read before you <br />begin the production of the next best selling software! <br />Here are the seven parts of this chapter. <br />1. Need an Idea <br />2. Investigate and Test <br />3. Do it yourself or Outsource <br />4. Documentation, Help and Presentation <br />5. Packaging and Installation <br />6. Security and Theft <br />7. Promotion and Sales Process. <br />Using this information you’ll have what it takes to start earning a daily <br />income from your own software. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 23 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />1. Need an Idea! <br />You can’t create a program out of thin air and expect anyone to buy it. <br />You need to use two of the strongest known motivational triggers for <br />humans (Need & Greed) as a starting point for your new software. <br />There are of course a number of other focus points when creating <br />software but most of them can be included in one or both of the <br />mentioned groups. <br />Here are a couple of examples: <br />1. Need <br />When you are online sending emails, running newsletters or ezines you <br />end up emailing a lot of people. Writing text is, by itself, no problem as <br />most people have some kind office software with a word processor <br />included. <br />Or you can go the cheap but easy way and use Notepad or even Wordpad <br />(in Windows) as they are included. <br />So where is the need then? <br />As soon as you start sending emails to other people you’ll trip over what <br />seems to be a very silly problem, row formatting. <br />You know those emails that have rows going way past your right margin <br />or jumping to a new row after just 4-5 words, making reading almost <br />impossible (loosing readers and ultimately sales)? <br />This problem has been the starting point for a lot of tools, utilities, scripts <br />and even software. <br />To see an example of a software program created completely bottom up, <br />starting with the row formatting feature as the main feature and then <br />expanding go to http://www.zineypro.com. <br />Ziney Pro was created in its' earliest forms to facilitate text row break <br />formatting based on characters per row and nothing else. <br />The need it has addressed was the need “to format rows based on <br />characters per row”. Ziney Pro also falls into the categories of helping <br />with complex (or time demanding) tasks, saving time among others. The <br />earning potential here is based on lower priced software with higher <br />quantities. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 24 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />2. Greed <br />People love this! Greed, as in earning money is a strong motivator. But <br />what is even better is “earning money with little or even no work”! <br />The demand for this type of software increases by the minute. The <br />demand for software working for you and “earning you money” is what <br />everyone wants! In this category you often see quite expensive software. <br />This category is also the most short lived one as this type of software <br />often targets the use of back-doors into earning money and they tend to <br />be closed after a while. <br />One example of a software that is directly aimed towards “greed”, <br />“making money” and “Saving time” can be seen here, <br />http://profitpages.gurusay.com/ . This software directly plays on the <br />visitors urge to earn money with as little work as possible as it promises <br />to create product review pages with Adsense in only seconds. <br />I’ll end this part with some other starting points for software creation <br />ideas generation. <br />Use these phrases as starting points for finding a good software creation <br />idea. <br />· Make things easier <br />· Repetitious tasks <br />· Complicated tasks <br />· Make up for lack of knowledge <br />· To automate tasks or complicated repetitious work <br />· People complaining about something, the software solves the <br />problem <br />· People asking for how-to’s <br />2. Investigate and test <br />The next step is to gain a better understanding for the market. <br />Look around, with the new need in mind, and see if a solution can be <br />found elsewhere. If not then you’re really onto something! <br />If you find products targeting your need (or reasons for creating the <br />software) search the Internet for more information about them. If <br />possible try them out or at least read through the sales page (print it out) <br />to get a better feeling for what they have done. Use the sales page as a <br />base for your idea and thought. <br />Next decide who the customers are, where it’s sold, domain names, price <br />levels, features, bonuses, guarantees and other relevant information. Now <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 25 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />take a step back and consider your idea. Can you fill the need in such a <br />way that your product is something more than a mirror of the one (ones) <br />you have already found? <br />Make a plan covering how you and your product will be able to distinguish <br />itself from the competition. <br />Make sure you have your "future customers” in mind when you do this. <br />Because you want to be different and use your special features as <br />something important. This will give you a better branding position and it <br />also shows your customers you’re unique in your own way. <br />When you have a plan of the features, price point, and possible customers <br />you should make sure you write everything down as a business plan. <br />Operating Systems and Program Types <br />At this stage you’ll have to consider what your target operating system is. <br />Targeting multiple operating systems is harder with a desktop application <br />than for scripts like java or php. <br />The most commonly used operating system is windows and should be the <br />primary target unless your product targets a niche where your future <br />customers use other operating systems. Choosing windows as the target <br />platform will give you the largest possible customer base. <br />The last versions of Mac operating systems and Computers will allow their <br />users to run windows program quite well with windows emulators and this <br />increases the market even more. <br />When it comes to windows most versions will work in more or less the <br />same way. Do note that there are differences between versions of <br />windows as NT 4.0, Windows XP and Vista. And for each version you’ll <br />find differences between the normal customer version of Windows and the <br />Server versions. <br />But there’s not room in this chapter to go into all the differences, so if <br />you want to learn more, visit Microsoft’s homepage. <br />The rest of this chapter is primarily focused on windows as your target <br />operating system. <br />3. Do It Yourself or Outsource <br />Now it’s time to have the program done! <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 26 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Do you program yourself? <br />If you do, then make sure you use a commonly used development <br />language like Visual Basic, Delphi or C++. (note! There are many <br />different types of these languages, for example C++ but I’ll leave that <br />choice up to you!). <br />Use your previously created “business plan” and the list of features to <br />plan your software. <br />IMPORTANT! When you code (or if you outsource the coding) make sure <br />the code is extensively documented. I recommend buying a book where <br />best practices in commenting source code are taught and that you <br />document accordingly. <br />I can promise you that code you create today will look strange in just a <br />few months from now. And some software projects lives on for years and <br />have new code added to them for each new version. <br />Not having documentation will kill you and your project. <br />Why do it yourself? <br />You might be good at programming or just very interested. Just to be <br />clear here, the simpler code a program has, the easier it is to keep it <br />working well. <br />Modern software is largely built by pre-made code that is included <br />automatically by the development package (Visual basic, Delphi, C++). <br />This makes it easy for you to create small simple programs with a <br />minimal amount of work. Actually the idea is the biggest part of the <br />creation! <br />Doing it yourself will get you a better feel for and give you more control <br />over the project. This can be good or bad depending of the type of person <br />you are. <br />Why Outsource? <br />Outsourcing saves time (maybe) and it’s easier to agree on deadlines for <br />others and have them meet the deadline than actually keeping your own <br />deadlines. <br />Do not forget that outsourcing requires more detailed pre-coding work. If <br />you think about it, you are going to ask people that have no knowledge at <br />all about your ideas to give you a quote based only on your description. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 27 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />A detailed and correct description of the project includes deadlines, choice <br />of language, usage of third party libraries, exact description of what the <br />program must do (and shouldn't do!) Guidelines on how commenting <br />should be done is a must and you will still often end up bouncing <br />messages to and from the coder to change and correct things that were <br />badly explained or misunderstood. <br />A final piece of advice is to take an extra look at the legal aspects about <br />source code rights. Your project must clearly state that the coder must <br />hand over all source code and rights to you and that he/she doesn’t retain <br />any rights to it after the payment is done. <br />Always ask for the complete source code (in readable form, not <br />encrypted) and it should be well documented. This way you’ll be able to <br />revise the code and fix bugs as well as continue developing the product. <br />More information about finding people to do the coding for you as well as <br />help on the legal aspects can be found at http://www.elance.com/ and <br />http://www.rentacoder.com/ <br />4. Documentation, Help and Presentation <br />Most software will need some kind of documentation to explain what it is <br />and how it should be used. One way to make this work faster is to <br />actually use the “business plan” you created earlier and the part you <br />should have done about what your program should do. <br />As you get better at this you’ll cut time enormously with this trick. <br />How to ship your Documentation files. <br />Documentation and/or help files can be shipped and handled in many <br />different ways. Here are some of the most commonly used. <br />· As pure text files <br />· As pdf files <br />· As chm or hlp files (windows help files) <br />· As html files (shipped with the product or online on your product's <br />domain) <br />Normal documents to include with software are, a short welcome and <br />introduction about the setup; a document stating the user rights normally <br />called the EULA (end user license rights) shown during installation if the <br />installation process is done using installation packaging software, (see <br />the next part of the chapter), a start up guide and possibly some kind of <br />tips & tricks document or section. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 28 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Presentation <br />The presentation is important. The domain name, the sales page, <br />graphical elements on the sales page, the visual aspects of your software <br />(try to follow industry standards on how menus, layouts and other <br />technical aspects of the software is used), possible startup splash screen, <br />the way installation is done, the order among the files, the file names and <br />the overall feeling of the product when the customer has paid and begin <br />the download - all of these elements should be presented professionally <br />and in a consistent way. <br />Do not forget everything between the moment the customer clicks the <br />“buy” button on the sales page and the actual first start of the program. <br />Your customer will have to pay, possibly fill out some kind of registration <br />information, download the software/package, save it, find it and finish the <br />installation before they can start using it. <br />During this process the customer will jump between a number of web <br />pages and be doing a number of different tasks. So check out the <br />complete sales process and make sure it works, looks good, is easy to go <br />through and do not forget to let your customer know how they can get in <br />contact with you if they have problems. In fact this should be part of the <br />sales procedure directly at the point of download or earlier. <br />Decide early on if the product should come with support and if you’ll be <br />offering free upgrades. <br />Many small software projects will be so simple that there’s no real need <br />for a normal support function and this is something to aim for in my own <br />humble opinion. At least until you start making a more stable income that <br />allows for a larger amount of outsourcing. <br />What can become an important income source of support is a forum for <br />your products users. Some products lend themselves very well to this <br />while others will not produce even one forum signup. Trial and error can <br />be the way to go. This can create additional sales and more customers. <br />5. Packaging and installation <br />There are several things to consider when you start to prepare the <br />packaging of your new or upcoming product. <br />· Is it a single or a multiple file product? <br />· Can it be run straight from where it is saved? <br />· Are there special files that need installation? Files like dll files, <br />services and more will in many cases require special registration in <br />the operating system as well as re-boots? <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 29 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />· Will you offer an installation package where all files are contained <br />in one package and is installed into the control panel with an <br />install/uninstall option? <br />· Can a zip file containing all the files of you product be shipped and <br />have the user simply unzip it to get going? <br />Ease of Use and Perceived value <br />I and many like me would say that much of a products value can be <br />found in the installation process as well as in the first start of the <br />program. If the user has to read lengthy instructions and do a lot of <br />manual labor (often quite technical in nature) the new customer tends to <br />perceive the product value to be lower. <br />This is not very strange. Compare 1 hour of reading, unpacking files, <br />copying files around, creating shortcuts with double clicking on the <br />installation file, answering yes a couple of times and end up with a nice <br />program group with menu alternatives for starting the program, reading a <br />help file and even uninstalling the product. <br />This problem is more common when you sell scripts. Often a script will <br />need database access with MYSQL being the most common database to <br />use. Many scripts are packaged in zip files with instructions on how to <br />manually (using a ftp program) create a file structure on the server and <br />copy the files there. User rights will almost always have to be changed <br />and the user will have to create the database and database user <br />manually. This is a slow and for many, a very complicated procedure. <br />There are ways to automate this or at least as much of it as possible. It <br />should be considered. <br />Here are a couple of commonly used tools for creating installation <br />packages for software of all kind. <br />Installshield, a market leader for many years. Quite Pricey. <br />http://www.macrovision.com/products/installation/installshield.htm <br />Advanced Installer, comes in various shapes and prices. Have a free <br />version <br />http://www.advancedinstaller.com/ <br />Conclusion, make the installation as easy as possible for the buyer and <br />they will feel like you have taken care of them and your product will <br />retain its perceived value (or even raise it) all the way to the first start. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 30 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />6. Security and theft <br />Should you be worried over people pirating your new product? The <br />answer is yes. If you create a product that works and have a wide pull of <br />customers or if it’s very expensive you’ll end up seeing people copying it <br />and sharing copies. Or even worse watch other persons selling your <br />program as if it was theirs. <br />So how can you protect your software? <br />I’ll measure each way of protection on a scale from 1 to 10 with a 10 <br />being completely secure. <br />1. Package it inside a password protected zip file. Easy but gives you <br />almost no added security. Security level 1. <br />2. Store it inside a password protected directory on the server + inside <br />a password protected zip file. Harder to spread the download url <br />and a very limited security level. Security level 1. <br />3. Use some kind of third party product to include security inside the <br />program itself. This allows for creation of serial numbers based on <br />user information, hard disk serials, motherboard bios and other <br />computer related numbers. As you include the security checks <br />inside the program you as the creator can use it in many more or <br />less complex ways to ensure security. This serial number <br />calculation is run once on start and as soon as the correct serial <br />number and related information is entered into the software it runs <br />without any further questions. Security level 3. <br />4. The same option as 3. But with the added twist of having the <br />software connect to a server on the internet on each start (there a <br />lot of options here to allow for running without an internet <br />connection) and having the registration information and serial <br />number checked. This requires added code into your software + <br />some kind of third party service for the server storage and <br />verification of the registration. Security level 6 <br />5. Using a file certificate based file encapsulation software with anti <br />debugging protection combined with 4. Above. Security level 8. <br />6. Adding the whole tamale here. Combine 1-5 with hard ware locks <br />(dongles) and your getting as close as it gets within any normal <br />cost limit (i.e. Extremely costly). Security level 9. <br />Note! No method was labeled a perfect 10. There’s hardly any software <br />that has been able to survive without being copied and to even try to <br />reach that level you’d probably have to be selling a software for several <br />thousand $'s or more to have the back end profits to take the costs. <br />Now to the fun part. Some examples where you can learn more about the <br />security options above! <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 31 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />What you need for each security level above, <br />1. All you need is the ability to create zip files. All software capable of <br />creating a zip file can add a password as well. <br />2. You need the zip file creation program + the knowledge of how to <br />password protect a directory on your server. This information can <br />be found for free on the internet. <br />3. Third party libraries you can use to protect your software will make <br />life much easier for you. Here’s an example of a product for Delphi, <br />Borland C and Active X, http://valega.com/ <br />4. Take a look at Digital River. http://www.digitalriver.com/ They can <br />help you with this and more! <br />5. Silicone Realms Armadillo and Passport products can help you reach <br />close to perfect security. They have great products and they are <br />quite easy to use. http://www.siliconrealms.com/ Their products <br />can also be combined with Digital River saving you a lot of time and <br />money if you’re aiming for an expensive product where great <br />security is needed. <br />6. Combine everything above. <br />One thing I haven’t included above is that the best way known to man to <br />completely blow “thieves” selling copies of your software out of the water <br />is … Updates! <br />They only have a copy to sell and will have to “steal” a new version every <br />time you update for them to compete. So keeping in touch with your <br />users, creating updates as well as tips on how to use the product mixed <br />with a gift every now and then will pull buyers to you! <br />As a closing tip here I’d like to show you a site very few have seen! You <br />could almost call it a trade secret if you want. <br />Visit http://www.esellerate.net/ and check them out. They are a <br />combination of PayPal, Clickbank, Digital River and many other services <br />online. You can host your software with them and they will create the <br />needed serial numbers for the armadillo security products on the fly. You <br />can be sleeping while people buy your product and have Esellerate <br />calculate unique serial number for each and every one of your sales, <br />completely on auto pilot. I do have to say that the affiliates are not as <br />responsive as the Clickbank affiliates but that can depend on the niche <br />your product belongs to. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 32 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />7. Promotion and Sales process <br />You’ll need someone to take care of your credit card handling when you <br />sell. The most obvious choices for this are http://www.paypal.com/ , <br />http://www.clickbank.com/ and http://www.paydotcom.com/ <br />You should also check out my earlier tip http://www.esellerate.com/ as <br />well. <br />How to make sure your program is seen! <br />Depending on the type of software the path to start selling can be quite <br />different. <br />If your program is more mainstream you should submit your program to <br />as many software directories as possible. Some well known examples are <br />http://www.downloads.com and http://www.tucows.com/ <br />You can look around for these directories and submit your program to <br />them by hand, one by one or try submitting software like <br />http://www.softwaresubmit.net/details.htm to make the submission <br />faster and easier. These sites also have more detailed information on <br />what you need and how to do the actual submissions. <br />If you have a more "niched" software or if it’s directly aimed towards <br />earning money, internet marketing and similar the old proven affiliate <br />way will probably work well. <br />Add the program to Clickbank, esellerate or set up a sales page where <br />you use PayPal to charge the buyer and some third party script to handle <br />the affiliate tracking. Information about this can be found elsewhere in <br />this book as it’s the same as for selling any other digital product. <br />Now my Final Advice! <br />When you have gone through all steps in this process and have <br />everything in place you have the basic setup ready for your $100 days <br />(and more). <br />To really get the ball rolling read about list building, traffic generation <br />and Search engine optimization and other related subjects to start pulling <br />in possible buyers to your new site. <br />Read up on copywriting (for the sales page) and see if you can get <br />something to use as a bonus (or create it yourself). Test with different <br />price points and you’ll be well on your way towards your new software <br />empire online! <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 33 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Kenth “The Designer” Nasstrom, Owner and creator of Zip2profit, CB <br />Affiliate Revenue and Ziney Pro. Kenth writes about Online Marketing, <br />Newsletter Publishing, Spyware and Costa Rica. Find out more about <br />Kenth at http://www.gurusay.com/ <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 34 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Branding: Making Yourself 'Memorable' On A Small <br />Budget <br />Written by Patrick Pretty <br />The “Most Beautiful Little Boy In The World” — 1964 <br />TIMIC Greetings from Patrick Pretty, Internet <br />Marketing’s Sensational “Master Of Eye Candy.” <br />Before we get into the nuts and bolts of my <br />chapter in this unique publication, permit me, <br />please, to share a few things about myself. Many <br />of you already know me, of course. The next <br />several paragraphs are mostly for people who <br />don't. <br />For starters, I’ve had my own Saturday morning cartoon show, thus the <br />neatly framed photo on the left. <br />Not to brag, but I’ve also dined with the Queen of England and sat in a <br />recording studio alongside Elvis, later sharing a bucket of fried chicken <br />with him. (His treat, including a generous tip to the counter attendant.) <br />Oh, yes, I’ve been a Poster Model, Teen Idol, Action Hero, A-Lister, <br />Celebrity Golfer, Commercial Spokesman, Honored Guest, Ivy League <br />Commencement Speaker And Confidante To Presidents And Political <br />Leaders Worldwide. <br />I’ve pretty much done it all, which is why they finally got around to <br />naming a fragrance after me. <br />That milestone was a tribute to the longevity of my stardom, occurring on <br />the date I appeared on my 4,000th magazine cover. <br />It Hasn't Always Been Easy <br />I wouldn't want you to get the impression that I've always had the easy <br />life. <br />Money was tight when I was a kid; it's fair to say my family was poor. <br />Even when I rocketed to stardom in 1964 after being “discovered” by a <br />famous photographer who just happened to be shopping in the same <br />store I was in with my Mom, my life was not gravy train. <br />Indeed, I had trouble coping with my instant fame. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 35 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />And since my fame was based on my astonishing good looks and not my <br />talent, I felt as though people didn't appreciate me for who I was, as a <br />person. <br />Eventually I sought help from a psychologist. She too, got caught up in <br />my celebrity, issuing a News Release to announce she was treating me <br />and writing about my case in medical journals. <br />On any number of occasions my life became fodder for the Tabloids. <br />Among other things, I've been called a drunk (never touch the stuff); a <br />dope fiend (never touch the stuff); a lech (I'm respectful to women); <br />and a hypochondriac (I made the mistake of telling a reporter that I <br />hurt my back while swinging a golf club). <br />So, no, my life hasn't always been a bed of roses. Even so, I am proud of <br />my accomplishments and how I've handled life in the fast lane. I've done <br />a lot — and yet I'm still very goal-oriented. My Big Goal now is to appear <br />as a contestant on “Jeopardy,” the TV game show. I want to be on regular <br />“Jeopardy,” not the celebrity version. This is mostly because celebrities <br />seem to get softball answers, and I'd like to see how I'd do against <br />regular contestants. They seem to get harder answers. (“Jeopardy”, of <br />course, is unique in the sense that contestants first are given the answers <br />and then have to come up with the questions.) <br />The Most Remarkable Thing About Me <br />Yes, my achievements have been remarkable. I never tire of talking <br />about me. <br />Perhaps the most remarkable thing about me is that I don't really exist <br />— at least not in the way most people exist. I'm somewhat like the <br />“Caveman” in the GEICO Insurance Commercials on American television. <br />(“So easy a caveman can do it.”) <br />I'm a branding and advertising vehicle — and happy that things turned <br />out that way. One big difference between the GEICO “Caveman” <br />and me is that I own the company that produces me; in fact, I'm the <br />sole employee. <br />This means I create all the Patrick Pretty-branded products, serve as <br />spokesman for the products and keep all the profits they produce <br />(except the money my Affiliates make; they keep 100 percent of all <br />revenue generated in the front end of my operation and get paid <br />instantly). <br />Most of my IM products deal with improving customers' writing skills, <br />branding and building business relationships. I also sell Affiliate products <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 36 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />— but only products I believe in. It's very important only to sell products <br />you believe in. <br />Pay Attention To The Moment <br />“Patrick Pretty” was born in an Internet Marketing forum, the <br />literal result of a joke among friends about the stock photos often tucked <br />inside the picture flaps of new wallets. One thing led to another. By the <br />time it was over, a friend doctored a picture to make me look <br />“exceptionally handsome.” <br />Pay attention to the moment! Indeed, you may find inspiration at the <br />strangest times in the strangest places. “Patrick Pretty” owes his life to <br />such a moment. <br />My name is Patrick Hernan; “Patrick Pretty” is my brand. I own a writing <br />and editing business, serving customers across the United States. I've <br />won awards from the Associated Press and other well-known publishers <br />for my writing. <br />I chose “Patrick Pretty” because the name was fun and would provide a <br />limitless back story. “Patrick Pretty” gave me a brand I could serialize <br />over many years working only an hour or two each day from the comfort <br />of my home. <br />“Patrick Pretty” has come a long way from that forum. Some of the top <br />Internet Marketers in the world now promote the brand and endorse its <br />products. I have one of the coolest part-time jobs on the planet! <br />Is Branding For You? <br />Branding returns dividends — but make sure you do a critical <br />assessment of your skills before you choose this path. <br />Below are some questions to ask yourself. Don't worry if you can't answer <br />“yes” to each question right now. On the pages that follow you'll learn <br />how to get for free or at very low cost what you need to get <br />started. <br />● Do I enjoy “thinking outside the box” and devoting time to the <br />creative process? <br />● Do I have an hour or two each day to build my brand? <br />● What is my offline occupation? Can I use my work skills to make <br />money by creating branded products from home, perhaps using my <br />own name as a brand? If I'm a woodworker, for example, can I <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 37 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />expand my market by making things in my shop and delivering <br />them through the mail or a courier service to customers? Can I <br />write a short “How To” guide that teaches interesting woodworking <br />shortcuts or shows customers how to improve their woodworking <br />skills? <br />● What are my hobbies? Can a hobby of mine help me make money <br />online? <br />● Can I position my brand in a profitable niche or build multiple <br />brands in multiple niches? Can I speak with authority on the <br />products I sell, whether they're products I make or products I sell <br />for others? <br />● Can I learn website essentials? <br />● Do I know how to buy a domain name and arrange hosting? <br />● Do I have the basic skills required to move products or <br />information/sales material I create on my computer desktop to my <br />web host? <br />● Do I have a means of delivering automatically the branded products <br />I create and receive payment instantly? Will I need to use a courier <br />service to deliver products? <br />Of all the questions above, this is the most important: “Do I enjoy <br />'thinking outside the box' and devoting time to the creative process?” <br />The reason I put that question in the No. 1 spot on the list is because <br />branding — be it through a persona or an individual name-crafting <br />process focused on your existing talents and interests — requires a <br />commitment to creativity and thinking outside the box. <br />When I launched the Patrick Pretty brand, I could not answer <br />“yes” to each question above. I knew I'd enjoy the creative process <br />because it ties in nicely with my occupation as a writer and editor. <br />Time would not be a problem; I always make time for the things I love to <br />do. I was less certain about being able to position my brand in profitable <br />niches, but knew for certain that I could create multiple brands and <br />multiple products. <br />Buying a domain name and establishing hosting were not problematic for <br />me; I learned in my initial online foray several years ago that these <br />things were fundamental to success on the Internet. <br />It took me only five minutes to figure out how to do it. <br />Along those lines, it took me only a few minutes to figure out how to use <br />an FTP program to move files from my desktop to the server. (More on <br />this later.) <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 38 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />My biggest challenge was figuring out how to deliver products to <br />customers and get paid instantly. I started simply by using my <br />existing PayPal account and learning how to copy and paste the PayPal <br />code for payment buttons to my web pages. <br />Later I switched gears a bit and started delivering products through a <br />script for which I paid $7. (Best $7 investment I've ever made, given the <br />exceptional return it has provided.) <br />Because of that simple script, I can deliver products to customers even <br />when I'm sleeping. And I can offer an Affiliate program that enables my <br />customers to make money with the products I create, providing them a <br />branded website from which to make sales. <br />Why Branding? Can It Really Work Starting From <br />Scratch? <br />I chose a branding approach based on a theory <br />that it was the quickest way to become <br />“known.” I knew, for example, that each of the <br />newspapers, magazines and publishing <br />companies for which I write, have instantly <br />recognizable names and that people could arrive <br />at their websites simply by typing their names in <br />a browser window or by doing a quick Google <br />search. <br />Major marketing figures online also have instantly recognizable <br />names, whether they are “real” names or marketing creations. These <br />marketers have a big advantage because they can leverage their names <br />and website architecture to produce traffic, meaning more customers see <br />their products. More eyes equals more sales. <br />What I wanted to do was get Patrick Pretty noticed by major marketers, <br />who enjoy the advantages not only of name-recognition but also of <br />economy of scale. That's just a fancy way of saying they have bigger <br />operations, more customers and a greater reach. <br />By creating a memorable brand and making products that serve a useful <br />purpose and add value to customers' lives, I knew I'd be more apt to <br />catch the attention of some of the big names. <br />Creating an Affiliate program that tied in with my brand also was an <br />important part of my approach. Indeed, not only did I want to deliver <br />useful information, I also wanted customers to make money with <br />it. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 39 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Branding Yourself <br />In The Online Marketplace <br />One of the things I wanted to do was to pass along to Affiliates, the <br />advantages of the name recognition I was creating. <br />You can do what I do — just make sure you tailor your ideas to put <br />your own unique stamp on your little corner of the Internet Marketing <br />world. Don't worry if you don't have deep pockets; there's a way to do it <br />for free or for very little cost, something I'll explain a bit later. <br />Here's a free report that shares some of my thoughts on writing and <br />branding. <br />Let me take a moment to encourage you not to confuse “free” with <br />“worthless.” <br />This report will introduce you to my branding strategy, give you part of <br />the Patrick Pretty “back story” and provide some ideas on things to avoid <br />when you're preparing sales copy. Use the report to stir your creative <br />juices. Think about what's possible. Ask yourself what you can do to <br />become known. <br />You do not have to create a character such as Patrick Pretty to start your <br />brand. I chose that approach because I enjoy writing the back story. <br />If one of your skills is creating videos, for example, you won't necessarily <br />need a marketing character or persona to help stimulate sales. The brand <br />easily could be the name of your website. It also could be your own <br />name. Just make sure you tell visitors who you are and show them some <br />examples of your work. <br />You'll notice that I also use the free report to introduce readers to some <br />of my information products. The report is 18 pages and it has three <br />external links. <br />These links help drive traffic to my websites. When a customer buys one <br />of my products I get paid instantly via PayPal. <br />Customers receive my products automatically, which means neither I, nor <br />my Affiliates spend any time filling orders. <br />My business operates around the clock, even when I'm sleeping. That's <br />one of the great things about the Internet. Online merchants don't have <br />to be in their offices to make money, and they easily can set things up to <br />fill orders automatically. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 40 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />This report benefits you in a couple of ways. First, it demonstrates that <br />you can use your creative juices to make your own branded products and <br />websites, positioning yourself to make more money online. Second, it <br />shows you that creating a free report can deliver a stream of customers <br />to the websites at which you offer paid products. In short, you can own <br />your own publishing company and the means to deliver traffic to it — and <br />you can do it virtually for free, devoting a couple of hours each day. <br />Getting Started For Free Or At Very Low Cost <br />If you are a beginner who doesn't yet have a grasp on the sort of tools <br />you'll need, I suggest you download each of the following products. <br />Create a folder on your desktop. Title it “MyBusinessTools.” Place each <br />tool in this folder so it cannot get lost. <br />Here are the free tools I regularly use: <br />● N VU: This is for website creation, and also can be used to transfer <br />the content you create to your host. If you can use a word <br />processor, you can use NVU. (Pronounced N-View). It's very easy to <br />learn. Products such as NVU often are referred to as WYSIWYG <br />editors. <br />● P aint.NET. This is a free program for manipulating images. It is <br />quite versatile; I use it, for example, to resize and crop images. <br />● O pen Office: This is a free, dynamic suite that includes tools that <br />have roughly the same functionality as Microsoft Office. One <br />exceptionally nice thing about Open Office is that it has a <br />functionality under the “File” menu that permits you to export <br />word-processing documents in PDF format. That's very helpful if <br />you're creating information products, sales material, News Releases <br />and other documents to help build your business. You can create a <br />document in Open Office, edit it to get it just right, export it as a <br />PDF and have your own information product ready to market! <br />● B logger.com: This is not a download. Rather, it is a free service <br />from Google that enables you to create a Blog. The Blog can be <br />hosted at Blogger.com or at your own web host. I use my Blog to <br />share my thoughts with readers and to promote products I've <br />reviewed and tested. Blogs help you extend your brand around the <br />world. It's even possible to start a business empire with a single <br />Blog — but I wouldn't count on that if I were you. I use my Blog to <br />extend my brand. <br />I've included the links for the free products because that's one way you <br />can get started. But you also should explore paid products and services if <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 41 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />your financial circumstances permit you to do so. You don't have to spend <br />a lot of money. <br />For example, a script to help you deliver your products automatically, get <br />paid instantly and create an Affiliate program is available here for only <br />$7. <br />I host my websites here for only $9.95 a month. Although I create many <br />of my own graphics, I also purchase graphics. One example is the <br />“cartoon Patrick Pretty”; I paid $47 for it from a professional designer. <br />There Are No Boundaries In The World Of Thought <br />How you go about branding your business is very much an individual <br />decision. My desire with “Patrick Pretty” was to have fun, ask customers <br />to be a part of it, and still make serious products. I placed a high <br />premium on creating a memorable character because good buzz can <br />produce website traffic. I recognized that not all people would “get it” and <br />some even would be offended. <br />I don't use “hype” to build my brand or sell my products. Instead I rely on <br />what I call “pluck,” something I view as an appeal to my customers' <br />intelligence. I ask them to take a journey with me, using “Patrick Pretty” <br />to provide an experience that leads them to a safe destination. <br />This approach has been very effective. A number of well-known <br />marketers promote my products, something that adds to the legitimacy of <br />my brand. <br />I design my products so I have a chance to make at least $20 with each <br />sale. I accomplish this by always offering customers a second product <br />after they order the first, rather like a traditional retailer offers customers <br />a second product that compliments the first. <br />This common-sense approach is smart business. A clothing retailer, for <br />instance, might ask a man who's just purchased a new suit if he'd like to <br />have a pair of shoes to go along with it. An attendant at a Fast-Food <br />restaurant might ask guests if they might want to “Super Size” their <br />meal. <br />It is perfectly acceptable to do things this way, as long as the first <br />product has value as a standalone product and is not dependent on the <br />second product for functionality. <br />Occasionally I also offer discounts. I might run a “Special Pricing Event” <br />over a holiday weekend, for example. And because I have a list of <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 42 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />customers and am able to email them, I can let them know about special <br />events, new products and other important news. <br />Final Thoughts <br />There is no one “best” way to enter the online marketplace or expand <br />your presence. This publication features a variety of approaches. The <br />individual chapter authors all have found success using their individual <br />methods. <br />My goal with “Patrick Pretty” was to create a memorable brand name and <br />build helpful products around it. I chose the persona because it suited my <br />personality. <br />It's wise not to adopt a “one-size-fits-all” approach. I sell products in <br />other channels. These do not use “Patrick Pretty.” Instead, they have <br />their own individual brand identities. <br />I spend about two hours a day “being Patrick Pretty.” About an hour of <br />that time is spent on creating new products. I also spend time in Internet <br />Marketing forums, educating myself, sharing my knowledge and further <br />extending my brand. <br />The world is a big place, and the Internet never shuts down. It has <br />created extraordinary opportunities for people worldwide. I sincerely hope <br />you use your existing talents to create an online business or expand an <br />existing one. <br />At the same time, I encourage you to learn new skills. The market for <br />your talents has never been bigger. Never in the history of mankind has it <br />been possible for average people to harness such power. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 43 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Patrick Pretty, Writer And <br />Internet Marketing's “Sensational Master Of Eye Candy.” <br />Patrick Pretty is the brand identity for a select line of information and <br />software products marketed by writer and editor Patrick Hernan. Patrick <br />began his career as an editor for Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Publications. <br />He has been self-employed for 20 years, serving a host of publishing <br />clients. His main website is here: http://www.pluckforever.com <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 44 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Ghostwriting <br />Written by Bev Clement <br />Introduction <br />Many people decide that making money online is very easy to do. They <br />try one idea after another, without giving anything time to work. <br />Suddenly they find themselves in a crisis and wonder how they can earn <br />that money quickly. <br />It is amazing that people immediately give them this advice: write a <br />report, articles or offer your services as a ghostwriter and you can earn <br />money and quickly. <br />There are two major problems with that advice. <br />1. Nobody has asked the person if they can actually write something <br />people will want to read. <br />2. Nobody has told them that it will be hard work, as writing takes <br />time. <br />Ghostwriting can make you a $100 a day, and once you are established <br />you can earn even more if you apply yourself, but it will take time and <br />effort to do it consistently. <br />What is a Ghostwriter? <br />People are often confused as to what a Ghostwriter is. It isn’t everybody <br />who writes, because many people write in their own name. Ghostwriting <br />is a term we use online, and the assumption is made that people <br />understand what it means. It might surprise you to know that many <br />people both offline and online have no idea what a ghostwriter is and <br />what they do. <br />When I wrote my first book (offline) as a ghostwriter, I had lots of people <br />showing surprise thinking I was writing “Ghost stories”. I had to explain <br />that I wrote for an author, and that I had to take his ideas and thoughts <br />and translate those into something people would want to buy in the local <br />bookshop, and then go home and read it. <br />A ghostwriter is someone who takes the ideas and thoughts of an author, <br />and creates the book that the author wants. Normally offline, a <br />ghostwriter will be given a lot of information, including a table of <br />contents, but online this rarely happens. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 45 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />What Skills does a Ghostwriter Need? <br />These skills should be the same for both online and offline, but the reality <br />is, completely different. You see, many people online have a niche they <br />are working in, and all they know is they need a book on a specific topic. <br />It is often left to the ghostwriter to do all the research, and then write the <br />relevant book. They will need to act as copy editor, proofreader as well as <br />being the writer. <br />For clarification a copy editor isn’t the same as a copy writer, so don’t <br />think you have to write long sales letters, unless that is an area of writing <br />you want to get involved in. <br />Offline there will be a copy editor whose job it is to check the book for <br />editorial errors. There will be a proofreader who will check the book for <br />grammatical errors. The ghostwriter knows that at least two people will <br />check their work before the author sees it for any other changes to be <br />made. <br />For writing online you need to have good communication skills, as your <br />clients might not always explain clearly what they want written. You will <br />then need to be able to do research, and know that it is accurate. Once <br />the research is completed you are then ready to start writing. This is the <br />difficult part because the person hiring you might have books and articles <br />they have already written, and want your writing to be done in the same <br />style. Once you have finished writing you will then need to proofread the <br />work for both grammatical and spelling mistakes. <br />How to Ghostwrite <br />This is the question that a lot of people want to know the answers to. It is <br />relatively easy to write a few articles and sell them as a package but to <br />write good, quality articles, books and reports will take time. People <br />generally don’t give first time writers great assignments, they will give <br />someone a small project to see how well they handle it, and then come <br />back for more work. <br />Let’s look at this step by step to see what you need to do to earn $100 a <br />day as a Ghostwriter. Before you start advertising your services either <br />online or offline, you need to plan what you are going to be offering. <br />1.Writing Your Plan <br />a)Subjects you are prepared to write on. <br />Here you should be deciding what subjects you are prepared to <br />write about. There may be subjects that you want to exclude for <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 46 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />personal and moral reasons and other subjects you have no <br />knowledge of, and no desire to do any research in them. <br />An example: Someone might ask you to write about cars, and <br />even more specifically to write about 6 cylinder engine cars. You <br />might be scratching your head wondering what that is all about, <br />and decide you are not interested in the mechanics of a car, and <br />wouldn’t be able to write expertly on them. <br />b)The Format of Your Writing <br />Some people decide that they only want to write articles. You <br />need to have decided initially what length articles, ebooks and <br />reports you want to write. You should also decide if you want to <br />write PLR (Private Label Rights) products which you will sell to a <br />number of people, or to write unique content for one person. <br />c) The Price of Your Writing <br />This is always a difficult one when starting out as a ghostwriter. <br />Price yourself too low, and people will assume the writing is <br />going to be of a low quality. If it isn’t, then they will expect low <br />prices all the time. Price it too high, and people won’t buy from <br />you. <br />2.Write Samples <br />If you haven’t written before, then take some time out and write <br />some samples. You can write short articles of around 350 – 400 <br />words and submit them to article directories. But you can also have <br />them on your site ready for people to read. <br />3.Pricing Your Writing <br />This is easier to do than you might imagine. You have already <br />decided on the type of writing you want to do, and now it is time to <br />price that writing. <br />I would recommend that you don’t follow the crowd. I know a lady who <br />wanted to establish herself as a writer and when I saw her work, it was <br />excellent. She decided to offer to rewrite articles for $1. She was amazed <br />at how many people signed up for her services, and within 24 hours she <br />had over 300 articles to rewrite. $300 on her first day as a ghostwriter, <br />but before you get too carried away, she still had all the work to do. <br />Many people offer unique articles for $4 and they are again happy with <br />100 articles to write. They see the $400 and think this is wonderful, but <br />again the work has to be done. <br />How do you price your work, so that you make money, and don’t kill <br />yourself writing 18 hours a day? <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 47 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />I would say decide how many hours you want to work in a day. Be <br />realistic, there is no point in saying 10 hours if you have a job which take <br />9 hours out of the day. You need to look at how long an article of 400 <br />words would take you to write especially if you don’t know the subject. <br />For our calculations we are going to assume an article takes 30 minutes <br />to write, which means you can write 2 articles in an hour, and these are <br />going to be sold to one person only. <br />If you sell your articles for $4 each, that means you are earning $8 an <br />hour. In the UK that is below the legal minimum wage. What income <br />would you like to earn in an hour? You might have a job where you are <br />earning $20, and to match that you will need to charge $10 per article. <br />When writing books and reports the rates are always higher. You need to <br />include all the research you have to do before you can start to write. If <br />you offer to write a 100 page book for $97 then you are going to be <br />writing for less than a $2 per hour, if you can write 2 pages in an hour. <br />We will look at ways to increase your income when you write smart. <br />Write Smart <br />An article whether it is for a PLR package or for one client has one thing <br />in common, you have to do the same research and take the same time <br />and care to write it. <br />You might have decided that you only want to write unique content for <br />clients, but I might change your mind now. <br />We will continue to use 2 articles an hour for our write smart examples. <br />A client asks you to write 10 articles for them, and you accept the <br />assignment. It is a subject you know really well, and you are able to write <br />good quality articles for them. These articles are going to take 5 hours to <br />write. You have agreed to write for $10 an article which means you will <br />earn $100. For 5 hours work you have earned $20 an hour. This in reality <br />is all it needs to earn $100 for ghostwriting. <br />But, there is the smart way. You decide to write the same articles <br />because you know there is a hungry market for them. You have no clients <br />asking you for work, so you don’t even know when the first assignment <br />will come in. You have decided to offer marketers a product they can’t <br />refuse. You are going to package these articles together and offer them <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 48 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />for $5. I know, you are thinking, but I want to make money not give <br />them away. <br />We are talking here how to Write Smart, and this is what you have done. <br />You decide that only 100 people will ever get your articles. You will be <br />one of those people, so 99 sets are offered for sale. You sell all packages, <br />because you have excellent samples, and it is a topic everybody wants. <br />Now to do the sums, 99 x $5 = $495. <br />10 articles sold to 1 person = $100 is $20 an hour. <br />10 articles sold to 99 people = $495 is $99 an hour. <br />Even if you sell 10 packages a day for 5 days, you will still be earning <br />$99 a day. <br />This is why PLR is far more beneficial financially to the writer than unique <br />articles. <br />The same is true with PLR books. It takes the same time and research to <br />write a PLR book or report for 1 person as it does for you to sell as a PLR. <br />Finding Clients <br />The first writing I did online was for a niche website, which has a <br />membership of over a million subscribers. I had been posting on their <br />forum, when they contacted me and asked if I would write a short report <br />for them. This report was just under 4,000 words and was written in the <br />year 2000. In return they gave me free membership to the site, and that <br />is until the year 2020. Membership is normally $20 per month, and I <br />have been given a number of extras which people have to pay a <br />supplement for. To date I have received $1,620 for a report that took me <br />4 hours to research and write. <br />This was a great introduction into writing online. If you are part of a <br />forum, then start to write great articles as posts. One problem with <br />offering a free article to 10 people is only 10 people get to see the article. <br />Put the article on the site and thousands potentially can see it. <br />When I wanted to do more writing, I decided to put an offer in the <br />Warrior Forum Joint Venture area. I said I was willing to write, and a well <br />known person asked me to write a few articles for them. <br />Now this is where you have to believe in yourself, and be honest about <br />what you can and can’t do. They asked me to write on a subject I knew <br />nothing about. I knew I could research the topic, but this person is the <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 49 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />expert in the field. If you want to know anything about the subject then <br />you should go to him. I was honest and said, I could write the articles, <br />but I know nothing on the subject. He kindly gave me a number of his <br />books, and said I would find everything I needed in there. <br />He was happy, knowing that I was honest about my limitations, and was <br />even happier when the articles arrived. They were what he wanted, but <br />there again, I had great research material. <br />To increase my writing opportunities, I watched the Warrior Special Offer <br />(WSO) area, and saw what people were buying. Different times, means <br />different things sell. PLR books and articles may be hot today, and cold in <br />a month’s time, meaning they don’t sell well. Always be aware of what <br />the market is wanting. I wrote some articles on a subject I knew well. I <br />offered PLR articles and they sold out. <br />Have a website <br />Have your own website or blog to advertise. Not only that but you can <br />add in your own sample, and sell your packages from there. Always have <br />a contact email address where people can contact you to write for them. <br />Recently I received an email from someone, who asked if I could write an <br />article for them. They said that they had written one, and it sucked. I <br />looked at the article in question, and I had to agree with them. I wrote <br />back and said yes, and when it could be written. Payment of $27 was <br />received and an article of 600 words was written. <br />Another person contacted me through my website, and they wanted a <br />short report written each month. This has been ongoing for the past few <br />months. <br />A warrior asked me to write them a report, and I quoted them a price. <br />They sent payment for more than the price quoted, because they had <br />been to the website, and seen that I had prices for long articles. They <br />wanted one added to the order, and paid for both products. <br />People say you don’t need a website, but I would disagree. If you don’t <br />have one, then you are relying on advertising your services to a small <br />group of people. <br />People find my website through the search engines, and also through my <br />signature in forums. I also have the website URL shown on all emails I <br />send. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 50 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />In one day I can have orders for articles and reports directly from the <br />website which will be more than $100. <br />Start Writing <br />The easiest thing to do is to sit back and do nothing, waiting for the <br />orders to come in. When you write day after day, you will find your <br />writing skills are being improved. You are looking to write good quality <br />works. <br />Some people say it doesn’t matter what you write, because most people <br />don’t care about what they put on their sites. There is nothing further <br />from the truth. Some people might not care what they have on their <br />sites, but the majority are interested in having quality because they want <br />people to keep coming back to their sites. <br />Until you start writing, you have nothing to sell. Once you have started <br />and have at least a package you can sell, then you can start to make <br />money. <br />Keep writing, because this way you will always have something to sell. <br />Receiving Payment <br />This is a subject which always causes a lot of debate. I can only tell you <br />what I do. When I wrote for that first warrior, he paid me instantly the <br />articles were received. There wasn’t a problem, and I foolishly thought <br />this would be the same for other people. <br />I hadn’t done any research, and I was contacted by 2 other warriors <br />asking for work to be written. I did the work, and sent them the articles <br />and no money was paid. I contacted them, and finally one paid. The other <br />person said he didn’t have any money. I then told him if he didn’t pay, <br />then he had no right to use the articles and I would sell them. These <br />articles were in a hot niche, and I was confident that someone else would <br />want them. <br />Since that time, I have spoken to a number of writers and they have done <br />the same thing, that is written articles with no money received upfront <br />and then not received the money when the writing was completed. <br />Now I recommend that a writer should either get a 50% deposit or 100% <br />before any work is started. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 51 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Some people have been burnt while outsourcing by paying for a service <br />and not getting what they paid for. It is up to each writer to see how <br />much they want to trust people to pay, but I now have 100% paid in <br />advance. <br />Research <br />Research is a very important part of writing. This is again a case of Write <br />Smart. A client asks you to write on a topic. You spend time researching <br />the subject. I personally don’t spend all my time reading other articles. <br />I know that there is a group who says go to www.ezinearticles.com and <br />get a number of articles on the subject. Using the information you have, <br />then write it for a new article. Sorry there is one problem with that <br />thought. Who is to say that the information is accurate? <br />When you research a topic, you need to look at authority sites. For <br />example, if you are researching a medical topic, then go to official <br />medical sites. <br />Let’s say a client asks you to write on HIV. You go to various authority <br />sites, and as you are researching, you find a lot of good information about <br />HIV in Africa. If your client doesn’t want articles on that topic, get a file <br />for the other information and keep this one too, because you can write <br />your own articles on HIV in Africa. <br />Don’t disregard any research because it isn’t specifically on the subject <br />your client has given you. At some stage you will be able to write about it <br />for your own articles or reports. <br />Different Writing Packages <br />Now that you have the basics of being a ghostwriter, you will need to look <br />at the different writing packages you will be offering and how you can <br />achieve your $100 a day. Obviously the best way is to have multiple <br />streams of income. One idea will give you money today, and tomorrow it <br />might come from another idea. <br />1.Unique Articles <br />These are written for 1 person. Normally a person will give you <br />keywords that they want included in the articles. Generally an <br />article is between 350 – 400 words. Always have prices for long <br />articles as some people will want long articles written. <br />(a)Some ideas for unique article writing. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 52 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />i. You can offer a package of 10 articles. Obviously you can <br />have any number you want in the package, but you need to <br />be realistic as you will need to write the articles. <br />ii. Offer an article a day for a month. You need to know how <br />many articles a day you can write, and limit the number of <br />packages you are going to offer. <br />iii.Blog articles. Normally these are between 100 – 200 words. <br />iv.Have your prices for single articles on your websites, as some <br />people will come directly for a single article. <br />v.Write review articles on an affiliate product. Charge more for <br />this as you will need to take time to know the product. <br />vi.Autoresponder newsletters. Offer to write an autoresponder <br />series for your clients. <br />Never, ever use an article you write for a client as a sample without <br />their written permission. <br />Another thing you never do is use an article you write for a client, <br />give to a second client, and hope they won’t find out. <br />2.PLR Articles <br />Here you write a set of articles and decide how many sets you will <br />sell and what price you will charge. You can write articles of any <br />length you want, but ensure that all the articles are related. Don’t <br />rewrite an article, and then claim it is a brand new article. People <br />will realize this and you will lose sales. <br />However great the temptation, only sell the number of article packs <br />you say on your sales page. If you are going to use the articles on <br />your blog or website, then keep one set and sell one set less. <br />When you decide to write PLR articles, you need to decide on the <br />rights you are prepared to give with them. I normally give the <br />following rights. <br />[NO] Can be given away <br />[NO] Can be packaged <br />[NO] Can be offered as a bonus <br />[YES] Can be edited completely and your name put on it. <br />[YES] Can be used as web content <br />[YES] Can be broken down into smaller articles <br />[YES] Can be added to an eCourse or autoresponder as content <br />[YES] Can be submitted to article directories (even YOURS) IF at <br />least half is rewritten <br />[NO] Can be added to paid membership sites <br />[NO] Can be added to an ebook/PDF as content <br />[NO] Can be offered through auction sites <br />[NO] Can sell Resale Rights <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 53 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />[NO] Can sell Master Resale Rights <br />[NO] Can sell Private Label Rights <br />You have to consider whether you will allow people to add the <br />articles to a membership site. I have offered some with that right, <br />and some without that right. I ended up selling exactly the same <br />number of packs. <br />Some people offer resale rights, but you will find that less people <br />will buy, because they know the cap will not be the number you set <br />it at. Only by testing can you tell which is more profitable for you. <br />3. Reports <br />Many people look for short reports to put into their membership <br />sites. This is a great way to write. I write many reports which are <br />between 1800 and 2500 words and for that I will be paid from $100 <br />- $150. <br />4.Membership Sites <br />I have a membership site where I write 1 ebook a week. The book <br />is only 4,000 words, and the members receive it as a raw <br />document. We have a cap of 100 members and the membership fee <br />is $97 per month. <br />This is a unique book that is written in house. It doesn’t come from <br />a wholesaler, so you won’t find it on any other website but mine. <br />As membership sites become more popular, people will be looking <br />for content to add to them. As a ghostwriter you can offer the <br />content on a regular basis. You might even set up your own <br />membership site in a specific niche. <br />The advantages of membership sites are that you will earn an <br />income each month. <br />5.PLR Books <br />As we don’t yet have 100 members at our membership site, we sell <br />the ebooks to other people. We have them on our websites, and we <br />often sell them via a WSO. We sell them for a reduced rate of $23 <br />on the WSO, and $37 on our websites. <br />Delivery of Articles and Reports <br />When you write unique articles and reports it is easy to deliver them by <br />email to the client. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 54 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />When you are selling your other writing, then you need to look at how <br />you are delivering your products. <br />When I tried an article a day, I wasn’t sure how it would work out. I have <br />2 writers, myself and my husband who were doing the work. The clients <br />knew this and were happy with the arrangement. <br />As I thought about it, I realized that I would have more than the allotted <br />articles completed by the end of the day. I had each of them signed up to <br />Aweber, and then I was able to put in the relevant articles, and let them <br />be sent automatically. <br />As you create PLR packages of articles and ebooks, you will not want to <br />deliver them manually. I find e-junkie is one of the best ways to deliver <br />for me. They are a low cost shopping cart that charges $5 per month to <br />deliver 10 different products. That isn’t selling 10 products, but 10 <br />different products. E-Junkie is compatible with eBay, PayPal and Google <br />Checkout. <br />E-junkie let's you add people into your autoresponder, cross promote <br />items for sale, and let the products be instantly delivered once payment <br />is made. <br />And Finally <br />As a ghostwriter you will be able to earn $100 a day from many different <br />ways. You will be in control of the amount of work you accept, and what <br />that work involves. <br />One of the problems with ghostwriting is getting a passive income. You <br />seem to spend all your time writing. I would recommend you look at ways <br />you can generate more income for the same work. Write PLR instead of <br />unique articles or books. When you have some spare time, keep writing, <br />and then you will always have something new to offer. <br />As you see your clients asking for the same niches to be written on, <br />research and see why. See if there is another angle you can write on, and <br />create a new product to sell. <br />Always use your knowledge and research to produce products people <br />want to use on their sites. <br />As long as people have content sites there will always be a need for <br />ghostwriters. <br />Once you have become established, you will find 3 articles in a day will <br />get you $100 or 1 short report will again give you $100. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 55 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />When you are in need of some extra cash offer unique writing, put a twist <br />on it, or offer a bargain price for 24 hours. When you do this you will <br />always hit your target of $100 a day. <br />Bev Clement started ghostwriting offline for Harper Collins in London. <br />She started writing online in 2000 and now both Bev and her husband <br />write and own Ghostwriters International. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 56 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Creating and Selling Your Software Online <br />Written by David Schwartz <br />1. Introduction <br />This chapter describes a method or strategy that explains how to make <br />money writing and selling your own software online. The primary <br />audience for it is programmers. A secondary audience is people like <br />online marketers, who have ideas for software but would rather <br />hire a programmer to implement it for them. <br />If you're a programmer who's interested in making a good living online, <br />and you have not figured out how to do so yet, then this is for you! <br />This method has worked for me several times; it's easy to duplicate; and <br />it works very well. <br />1.1 A Message to Professional Software Developers <br />I'd like to take a moment to address the professional software developers <br />(also known as "programmers" or "coders" to those outside the field) who <br />may be reading this. If you're a marketer, feel free to eavesdrop -- you <br />might learn something significant about how we "coders" think. <br />I've spent 30 years in the industry, writing software for a variety of <br />environments, including: embedded, real-time control apps; financial <br />apps; distributed control apps; client- server and n-tier apps; tools used <br />by genetics and genomics researchers; and some massive database apps. <br />(When I say "tools", "apps" and "programs", I'm referring to the same <br />things: software that accomplishes a specific purpose.) <br />I've worked for start-ups and Fortune 10 Corporations, and lots of places <br />in between. I much prefer the smaller environments. <br />When it comes to writing your own software and trying to make money <br />off of it, 95% of all professional software developers tend to conjure up a <br />situation along the following lines: Come up with a "big idea"; dig up a <br />few million in venture capital; get some cool office space with ping pong <br />tables and as much Coke and pizza as you can consume; build a team of <br />like-minded folks; launch something in 18 months or so; wait for the IPO <br />in 3 years, then buy a Ferrari and retire. (Not necessarily in that order, <br />but it's close.) <br />It's as if there were a class in the core Computer Science courses taught <br />at colleges that said, "This is how it's done". I missed that class, but <br />somewhere along the way I learned the same thing. Well, it might have <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 57 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />worked that way at one time, yes. But not today. And anyway, do you <br />want to make some money in 30 days (safe bet) or in 3 years (maybe, if <br />the stars are in proper alignment, the market doesn't crash again, some <br />snot-nosed teenager doesn't beat you to market first, and Google or <br />Microsoft don't hire your star programmers away first?). <br />The goal of THIS paper is to show you how to make some money in <br />30 days. YES -- THIS WILL WORK. However, if you're a programmer, you <br />need to get something through your thick skull first. (I say this because <br />most developers simply refuse to accept this!) If you cannot deal with <br />this very important concept, then put this report away and keep working <br />on hourly projects. I'm serious. You will not succeed if you are unwilling <br />to accept this maxim without hesitation. Here it is: <br />In general, you will rarely get to keep more than 50% of the sales <br />price of your software products. There may come a point in time when <br />you have your own mailing list and you'll be able to mail them directly <br />and keep most of the revenues. But in general, plan to give away 50%- <br />70% of your up-front revenues to the people who are making the sales. <br />There's even a part here where you'll be giving something away. When <br />you get why, you'll say, "Brilliant!" But as smart as most developers are, <br />not many "get it" -- so be forewarned. <br />(Marketers reading this are thinking "well, duh!", while the programmers <br />are sitting with their mouths hanging open thinking, "NO FREAKING <br />WAY!" Yes, WAY. It works.) <br />I'm sorry to be so blunt, but ... I've been banned from several <br />programming forums for trying to explain to the programmers why they <br />can't keep 80% of their revenues. I don't know what it is, but it's <br />endemic in the programming community. Here are the three most <br />common choices, and what kinds of returns you can expect: <br />● R oyalties: If you want royalty payments for software or even books, <br />15% is darned good -- IF you can find a publisher. <br />● P artnering: If you want to partner with people who can send you <br />thousands of leads in a few days, then 30%-50% is good and can <br />lead to additional BACK-END sales where you CAN potentially keep <br />most of the revenues. <br />● D IY: If you want to go it alone and keep 90% of a trickle of frontend <br />sales, fine -- put this in the trash and forget about it. <br />This report focuses on Partnering. This is a PROVEN STRATEGY. It <br />WORKS. Close your mouth, stop fuming, and make a choice: do YOU <br />want to have an extra $5k in your bank account in 30 days or not? If so, <br />follow what I'm telling you to do and don't worry about who gets what. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 58 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Another thing: this strategy has nothing whatsoever to do with <br />"shareware". Banish the thoughts of shareware from your mind; they will <br />only confuse you. This is NOT shareware. It's basic marketing. <br />1.2 Strategy Overview <br />Here's an overview of this strategy: <br />● Come up with an idea for an app that you can have working in 3 to <br />5 days; expect to take another full week or so of work to get it <br />"complete". Either a Windows GUI app or a web-based app is fine, <br />but since Windows covers about 85% of the world-wide market, a <br />Windows app is probably better. Windows users are also easier to <br />sell to than people (like you, Mr. Programmer) who tend to buy <br />web-based apps. <br />● Do whatever basic design work you need to do on it. <br />● Find a few people who'll be willing to help you out as "beta testers". <br />They should have an interest in actually using the program so <br />they'll give you the most valuable kind of feedback. <br />● Get a "first-cut" working that you can give to your "beta" crew and <br />start getting feedback. <br />● Get the full-blown thing implemented as quickly as possible. <br />● Find one or two (or even more) online marketers who have one or <br />more large lists and would be willing to promote your software to <br />their lists. You can also align with professionals in a field closely <br />related to the topical matter of your program who are looking for <br />promotional opportunities. There are actually two distinct ways to <br />approach this part; I cover them in more detail later. These folks <br />are called "Joint Venture (JV) Partners". <br />● Come up with something that you can give to the JV Partner that <br />they can give away as a "bonus", or give them some kind of a <br />coupon code or link they can offer their visitors so they can get a <br />discount on your program. <br />● Read the rest of the report to find out how you will actually make <br />money this way, because it's a MARKETING technique -- the <br />programming part is done. That's covered in the section entitled <br />"Marketing the Program". <br />Again, THIS REALLY DOES WORK! It is entirely possible to accomplish it <br />EASILY within 30 days, unless the app you pick is so complicated it takes <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 59 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />longer than a week or two to complete. This fits with the overall theme of <br />this report, which is a way to earn (on average) $100 a day with just a <br />couple of hours of work (on average). <br />2. Design and Build the Program <br />This is a very quick overview of the software development process that <br />works well. It's not meant to be all-inclusive and it's certainly not the <br />only way to approach software development. <br />2.1 The Program Concept <br />Writers LOVE to write. Programmers are, in general, writers. We write <br />code, rather than text. Lord knows, most of us can't write understandable <br />text if our life depended on it, but man can we write code! <br />Most writers, given their choice of what to write, will tend to gravitate <br />towards "The Next Great Smash Hit Novel". Programmers will go for "The <br />Next Killer App". Go figure. <br />Ok, I'm going to ask you to write a program here, and it's NOT the "Next <br />Killer App". Nowhere even CLOSE! Pick something really silly and basic. <br />Ask ten friends what their biggest complaints of working with their <br />computers are, and buried in there will the seed of a new little program. <br />If you want to cheat, go browse around SourceForge or FreshMeat.net for <br />various projects. Or browse around RentACoder.com, Guru.com, and <br />eLance.com to see the kinds of projects being put out for bids. Look for <br />stuff that seems interesting to you and is something you could build in a <br />week or so. <br />For open source apps, grab a copy, play with it, see what you like and <br />dislike. Try to find stuff that has lots of downloads or other indications <br />that it's fairly popular. Avoid stuff that looks like something that only a <br />mother could love. <br />This isn't rocket science we're trying to do here. It's more of the really <br />basic things that we programmers take for granted and most average <br />users don't know and don't even want to learn. Most software is perceived <br />as either too hard to install, too hard to use for simple tasks, or just too <br />confusing. <br />So while Word might be perfectly fine for doing mail-merge, there are <br />tons of folks who'll be happy to pay you $20 for a very easy-to-use <br />program that only does mail- merge. Because Word's mail-merge function <br />can be a bear to figure out how to use. And YOUR program might just <br />collect some data and then use Word's mail-merge function via an <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 60 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />ActiveX interface, simplifying the overall task to the point where it's much <br />easier to do. <br />You might even have some ideas for little applications that you've <br />thought of and discarded for being "too simple". Believe it or not, there's <br />no such thing as "too simple". Look at the guy who made millions selling <br />"Pet Rocks" (not software, but simple). Or the Million Pixel Script guy <br />(software + simple = $1M). Microsoft doesn't know the meaning of <br />"simple". But "simple" is what lots and lots of people are looking for -- <br />and they'll actually PAY you for it. <br />In fact, you might also consider something as simple as creating tutorial <br />materials for different tools or techniques using a program called <br />Camtasia. It generates detailed audio/video files that can be loaded to <br />the web or played directly from disk. And people actually PAY for things <br />like this, believe it or not. S-i-m-p-l-e. <br />Another good source of ideas is to visit forums where people are asking <br />questions about certain topics. Or look through Yahoo Answers. Look for <br />general themes or trends that indicate where people seem lost or <br />confused, then see if you can come up with something simple that might <br />address their confusion. <br />I've got a secret for you: confused people who are determined to <br />resolve their confusion will purchase all kinds of things that might <br />seem like they'll end their confusion or solve their problem. <br />For this task, consider yourself an "inventor", and you're looking around <br />for stuff to invent. Your medium is software, rather than mechanical <br />gadgets. But make sure it's SIMPLE. <br />So come up with some ideas of something you can program or create in a <br />week or two. <br />2.2 Design the Program <br />After you come up with an idea, you need to sketch it out on paper, for <br />two reasons: <br />1. it helps you refine the overall concept as you think through the <br />various features you want. <br />2. for programmers, you'll have something to go by when you get <br />confused or run into problems; for marketers working with <br />programmers, it will alleviate a TON of arguing and debating with <br />the programmers. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 61 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />If you're a marketer with an idea, this is perhaps the MOST IMPORTANT <br />STEP YOU CAN TAKE. <br />Programmers, on the other hand, tend to ignore it. I'm telling you now, <br />DON'T DO THAT! <br />Either way, take my advice and GET THE DESIGN DOWN ON PAPER. Fill a <br />whole notebook if you have to. Take the time to think through the entire <br />program -- how it flows, what it should look like, what options need to be <br />there, etc. <br />Honestly, the more time you put into resolving design issues <br />BEFORE the coding begins, the fewer problems you'll encounter <br />throughout the programming process. And the end result will be far <br />simpler and easier to use. <br />2.3 Get Some Beta-Testers <br />In the programming world, there are groups of people who do different <br />kinds of testing. This is necessary because as programmers, we're our <br />own worst testers. We're blind to the problems we create. If we weren't, <br />we wouldn't create them in the first place! <br />In general, there are three levels of testers: <br />● QA testers <br />● Alpha testers <br />● Beta testers <br />Then you release the product and your users become full- time testers. If <br />there are too many bugs or you take too long to fix the ones that show <br />up, especially if they're critical bugs, then word will spread and you'll get <br />a really bad black-eye and your sales might just stall. It can be difficult <br />recovering from a situation like that. <br />If you're lucky enough to work at a place that has a Quality Assurance <br />group, they tend to be the first ones to get the software to bang on. I <br />doubt readers of this document will have access to their own QA team. <br />Then it goes to some really brave souls called "Alpha testers". These guys <br />can be customers who you trust and are willing to work with. Don't <br />choose people with short tempers or who expect everything to be perfect <br />right out of the chute, as "alpha" code usually isn't very pretty. As an <br />alternative to alpha testing, you can ask a few friends to let you demo the <br />software to them. Chances are, in the process of installing it and just <br />listening to their questions, you'll encounter a number of problems that <br />need to be addressed. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 62 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />The next group is called "Beta testers". Beta is the state just before you <br />release a program and you want people to really beat up on it. It's good <br />to have existing customers for this. If you don't have any customers yet, <br />then post something in a forum where your program may be of interest <br />and ask for a few volunteers to help you test the program. <br />So find a handful of beta testers. You can even let them look at your <br />design sketches and see what they think before you ever give them any <br />code. In other words, let them "debug" the design first. <br />2.4 Build the Program <br />Now you want to build the program. You can use whatever your favorite <br />programming language is; mine is Delphi. Other popular languages today <br />include: C#, Java, C++, or VB.NET. For web-based apps, php and ruby <br />are popular. I don't recommend using perl unless you love to deal with <br />obscure and time-consuming support problems. <br />3. Marketing the Program <br />Ok, now that you've got your program, you need to get it into the hands <br />of paying customers. While that's obvious, what's not obvious for most <br />programmers is how to do that. If you're a programmer, I've got a secret <br />for you: there are hundreds, if not thousands of people on the <br />internet, who live for one thing: to sell stuff to people on huge <br />mailing lists that they have amassed. You just need to find a few of <br />them to work with. <br />How big are those lists? Well, they can vary from a few thousand to a <br />million or more. This isn't spam we're talking about here -- it's someone <br />who publishes a newsletter or other material to people who WANT to hear <br />from them, more often than not. (When they get tired, well, they just <br />unsubscribe.) If only 1% of the people on a list of 10,000 people end up <br />buying your program, that’s 100 sales. Even if you’re making only $25 <br />per sale, that’s $2500 in a few days. See how that works?And if it’s a <br />100,000 piece mailing, you’d make 1000 sales. <br />These people are almost constantly on the look-out for new and different <br />things they can offer to their members and subscribers. Your program <br />may only appeal to certain segments of the market, so you may need to <br />contact lots of these people. But the thing to realize is, they ARE out <br />there, and some of them DO want to promote YOUR STUFF. <br />Now, it's also important to consider that lots of brick-and- mortar <br />business people also have large customer lists, and they're also looking <br />for novel ways to promote to them. Not all of them have online mailing <br />lists, but if you can fine some that do, they can be a gold mine. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 63 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Again, this is a STRATEGY, and it works very well. Here's a quick <br />overview: <br />● Set up a Sales Page / web site <br />● Come up with a give-away <br />● Locate JV Partners <br />● Launch the JV Partner Promotion <br />● Follow-up <br />We discuss an inexpensive script later on that handles a lot of what we <br />recommend for the sales page, so it won't take you a huge amount of <br />time or money to get that part implemented. <br />3.1 Come up with a give-away <br />Ok, you've got the program. What you need now is some kind of a freebie <br />to give away to people. This is called a "sales incentive". It's a lot like the <br />pens, hats, t-shirts, and bags you get from vendors when you go to a <br />trade show. “What’s the point?” you may ask? Well, have you ever been <br />to a trade show where they ran out of freebies? Notice how people <br />literally covet those things, especially if they’re a really cool t-shirt or <br />coffee mug? People love freebies! That said, “freebie seekers” don’t <br />always make the best customers, but they do buy stuff from time to time. <br />And ... they’re another name on your list that you can promote things to! <br />The idea is this: you offer the JV Partner something that's got some <br />perceived value that they can give away to their readers/ <br />subscribers/members. The trick here is that it must have some <br />"perceived value" in the eyes of the JV Partner's typical reader, in the <br />context of the offer or promotion or newsletter. It should also be related <br />to your program. <br />For instance, suppose you wrote a program that helps people filter out <br />junk mail directly from their inbox before it is downloaded to their <br />computer. Then you could write a report on how to deal with spam email, <br />giving several examples of problems and common solutions. This <br />leads naturally to interest in someone reading your report, as well as <br />buying your program. <br />The important thing to realize is that this freebie MUST add value to <br />whatever the JV Partner is promoting. It could be a free report; a free <br />trial of a web service; an in-depth audio recording and/or transcript with <br />you; or any number of other things. Get creative! <br />By the way, if you can come up with a way to actually ship them <br />something, like a CD or DVD, rather than just give them a download, this <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 64 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />can be an absolute GOLD MINE later on. It won't be free to you, but it's <br />worth considering down the line. <br />3.2 Set up your Online Sales Site <br />First of all, you're going to need somewhere to send people on the web. <br />In general, it's a good idea to get a unique domain name and set up a <br />dedicated page there for it. Whatever you do, I suggest you do NOT use <br />either a personal web site or a free web site. In this sense, a <br />"personal" web site is one where you talk about your dog, cat, the ex, the <br />kids, and how you caught a nasty cold last summer. Also, do NOT use a <br />free web site -- web hosting is cheap! The free sites cover their costs by <br />posting ads for other vendors' products on pages that YOUR customers <br />are viewing. They are bleeding off your precious traffic! Don't do that. <br />EVER. Invest in a new domain name and inexpensive web hosting. <br />It’s well worth it in the long-run. (We have some recommendations <br />for host providers in the additional resources material available later -- <br />see the last section for details.) <br />There are a few things you need to have or do on this site: <br />● Collect names and e-mail addresses of visitors who want to "opt-in" <br />to your site. <br />● The ability to send them an opt-in confirmation email. (NOTE: these <br />are both commonly done with something called an <br />“autoresponder”.) <br />● You need something called a "Thank-You Page". <br />● While they're waiting for their confirmation, show them a One-Time <br />Offer (OTO) to up-sell them on your program. <br />● Accept their payment if they choose to take advantage of the OTO. <br />● When they confirm the e-mail, send them to a download page to <br />pick up their report. <br />We'll expand a bit on these now. <br />3.2.1 Set up Thank-You Page <br />The first time I heard this described, it took me a few minutes to figure it <br />out, because it seems a little bass-ackward. The normal process for <br />purchasing a downloadable product looks like this: <br />● visit the site <br />● browse their catalog <br />● put things into the shopping cart <br />● register at the site if you haven't already <br />● check-out, and pay <br />● a thank-you page appears confirming your purchase and thanking <br />you for your business <br />● go to a download page to grab your item(s) <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 65 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />In this case, you're offering a freebie up front. There's nothing to pay for. <br />The sale has already happened, as a result of the promotion with your JV <br />Partner. They only need to pick up your giveaway. So you have the JV <br />Partner include a link to ... your Thank-You page confirming their <br />"purchase". <br />One trick here is that you don't want to send them right to a <br />download page. Why? Well, partly because the purpose of sending <br />them to your site in the first place is so you can capture their <br />name and e-mail address for your own uses later on. Another reason <br />is that you should have some kind of a protected download page that <br />prevents them from sending the download link to a bunch of their friends <br />or posting it to a blog or forum somewhere. You also send them on a <br />slight detour called a "One-Time Offer". <br />So you send them to a "Thank-You Page" that happens to include a signup <br />box where they need to register to actually receive the download <br />instructions in their e-mail. This helps to ensure they don't give you a <br />bogus e-mail address. After they give you their name and e-mail address, <br />you send out a confirmation e-mail that contains a link to click to confirm <br />receipt of the e-mail. While they're waiting to get that, however, you <br />send them to a special page called a "One-Time Offer" page. <br />3.2.2 Present a One-Time Offer <br />A "One-Time Offer" is just that -- something they'll see only once. It's <br />usually a special offer for something at a discounted price or with an <br />extra bonus or two included. <br />This is where you convert the give-away into cash! <br />In this case, it's probably best to offer them your program at, say, a <br />25%-40% discount off the "regular" price. <br />If they choose to take advantage of your offer, then you present them <br />with a payment link or button, typically for PayPal or 2CheckOut, so you <br />can collect payment right there. <br />After confirmation of the payment by the payment processor (e.g.., <br />PayPal), you'd send them to a download page for your program where the <br />logic behind that link limits the time and number of tries for the <br />download. It's also protected so they can't pass it around. <br />By the way, it has been widely reported by many marketers that they find <br />anywhere from 5% to 15% of their visitors take advantage of the <br />OTO that's presented to them. So you're giving away a free report, <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 66 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />and say one-in-ten of those buyers are opting to pay you $25-$97 <br />when presented with your OTO. Can you see how you can profit by <br />giving something away? <br />3.2.3 Hand out your give-away <br />When they get the confirmation e-mail from the Thank-You Page, they <br />need to follow the directions (usually clicking a URL provided there), and <br />are then sent to a page that has a download link where they can get their <br />freebie. However, the logic behind that link limits the time and number of <br />tries for the download. It's also protected so they can't pass it around. <br />3.3 Promote your program <br />Ok, now it's time to promote your program. In this report, we're going to <br />focus on two particularly effective methods. There are many, many <br />different methods to promoting things online, limited mostly by your <br />imagination. But these two methods are highly effective and fairly easy to <br />implement. <br />They are: <br />● Working with Joint Venture (JV) Partners <br />● Using tools that let you set up a more "viral" marketing campaign <br />While we only mentioned the JV Partner program earlier, using a "viral" <br />marketing campaign accomplishes something very similar but works with <br />a whole lot more people who are acting as virtual JV Partners. And, you <br />don't have to do anything to recruit them yourself, as they're referred by <br />other buyers. <br />In fact, even if you DO work directly with one or a few JV Partners, you <br />can still employ the viral marketing techniques to significantly expand the <br />reach of those efforts. <br />NOTE: So-called “viral marketing” techniques are those where <br />people are encouraged to tell their friends about the offer, or are <br />encouraged to send an email with their own purchase link (called an <br />“affiliate link”) for the product to their list or their friends. It’s <br />addressed more a little later. The use of their own affiliate link <br />ensures that they’ll get paid for any sales that they generate. So, in <br />other words, this is a “greed-driven” approach. Never underestimate <br />the power of greed when it comes to marketing! <br />3.3.1 JV Partners <br />Working with Joint Venture (JV) Partners is a particularly effective way to <br />get your message out there quickly and powerfully. You want to find one <br />or more people to work with who have some affinity to whatever it is that <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 67 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />you've got. They need to see some value in your software, as well as your <br />giveaway item, if you expect them to promote you and your stuff. <br />Step 1 - Locate JV Partners <br />Locating JV Partners is fundamentally a "social networking" kind of thing. <br />I'm not talking about hanging out on SecondLife, or MySpace or <br />FaceBook. <br />I'm talking about something that's done in "real life" and "in person", <br />such as going to local business meetings, conferences, and seminars <br />where people will be congregating that you think will have an interest in <br />your software. <br />For instance, if you've got something that keeps track of dog or cat <br />breeding, a good person to contact might be a vet, or obviously, local <br />breeders. <br />Go to wherever people hang out who are interested in whatever your <br />software addresses. Or, find someone who has a large "reach" and is <br />willing to promote your stuff to their customers. <br />But it's not only local people. Remember, there are lots of folks on the <br />internet who've got web sites and are actively looking for stuff to give <br />away to generate traffic. <br />Suppose you've built a little program that lets people keep track of their <br />exercise regime. Find someone with a health and fitness site and <br />approach them with an offer to let them give your free report away. <br />Teleseminars are also a good vehicle to use for JV promotions. Set up a <br />call with your JV Partner and let them interview you as some kind of <br />"expert", but be sure to record the call. Save it to disk (or convert it) as <br />an MP3 file that can be easily distributed to others. They can then send <br />this out to their customer list as well as a link where they can get your <br />free giveaway item. <br />Step 2 - Launch the JV Partner Promotion <br />Once you've got your sales page and fulfillment process set up, and a JV <br />Partner or three located, you want to launch your promotion with each JV <br />Partner. If you have more than one JV Partner, you might want to <br />schedule them on different days, or all on the same day. It all depends on <br />what you're doing. <br />In general, there are two ways of handling these launches: <br />● passively, where the JV Partner simply emails (or snail- mails) their <br />list <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 68 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />● actively, where there's a pre-determined launch-time and one or <br />more JV Partners all rally around that <br />The simplest is the passive approach where you provide a small article to <br />each JV Partner for inclusion in their newsletter or announcement. They <br />could also write their own, such as a review of your program or giveaway. <br />Or as mentioned earlier, you could also do some kind of teleseminar. Just <br />be sure to coordinate this with your various JV Partners and track their <br />activities independently. <br />Teleseminars are also a good vehicle to use for JV promotions. Set <br />up a call with your JV Partner and let them interview you as some kind of <br />"expert", but be sure to record the call. Save it to disk (or convert it) as <br />an MP3 file that can be easily distributed to others. They can then send <br />this out to their customer list as well as a link where they can get your <br />free give-away item. Or, simply make the teleseminar recording available <br />as your give-away item. But require them to go to your web site to get it, <br />as described above. <br />The other approach to take is really a much larger undertaking. This is <br />sometimes called a "coordinated launch" effort. It may include a number <br />of JV Partners, and typically requires weeks or even months of up-front <br />planning. It may not be worth it for a product with a value under $100 or <br />so, but for product priced over $200 or more, it's definitely worth <br />considering. <br />One important thing you need to consider is how to track who is <br />sending you traffic. You either want to provide each JV Partner with <br />their own individual Thank-You Page so you can track their traffic, or you <br />need a way to track affiliates through “affiliate links”, which are special <br />tags added to their URLs when they send traffic to you. Either way, this is <br />important information that you really want to track. <br />NOTE: Many people in the software world are used to dealing with <br />“Non-Disclosure Agreements”, or NDAs. However, NDAs are not <br />commonly employed in the online marketing world, unless you’re <br />working at something very specific that can cost you considerably if <br />word “leaked out” prematurely. Deals with JV Partners typically <br />happen fairly quickly, and the worst that happens is they DON’T tell <br />anybody. Use your best judgement and employ an NDA whenever it <br />seems prudent. <br />3.3.2 Viral marketing techniques <br />Viral Marketing is a catch-all term that I'm using here to describe any of <br />several methods that have become popular lately where you use <br />something that encourages people to tell other people. One of the best- <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 69 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />known employs a script that can be found here: <br />http://www.thetoolwiz.com/HotPicks/ViralScript. It’s a powerfully <br />effective script, and it’s only $7 when purchased through this link. This is <br />a simple yet effective way to promote just about anything on the internet <br />using the power of "greed". However, the script itself isn't limited to <br />promoting products at this price -- in fact, you can set whatever price <br />you'd like to use. (It comes with a detailed report that describes how to <br />install it, use it, and get the most from it. <br />The way this works is very simple: you set up this script on a server <br />somewhere (it's a fairly basic php script that can run on virtually any web <br />host that supports php). Then you start talking it up, either among <br />friends, or in a forum or discussion group. Don't make it spammy at all, <br />just mention that you've got a "new special report" that's available to <br />anybody for a very low price, and give out the URL. They'll visit the sales <br />page and if they want it, they can buy it right there. <br />Then, they're told how they can make money with it by using the exact <br />same URL, but with their PayPal e-mail at the end of the URL. This way, <br />they make 100% of the $7 (or whatever) sale (of your "freebie" report) <br />by telling their friends and/or promoting it to their list(s). Greed can be a <br />powerful motivator. <br />There's also the opportunity to provide a One-Time Offer with this script. <br />It works very similar to what I laid out earlier. And you can set it to <br />adjust a pay-out ratio as to who gets a portion of the sale for the OTOs. <br />You can keep 100%, or let your "partners" get some percentage, up to <br />100%. <br />In essence, all of these people become your own JV Marketing <br />Partners, or direct sales force! (They’re actually called “affiliate <br />partners”, but the idea is the same.) From time to time, your offer will <br />end up in the hands of someone with a really HUGE list, and they'll send <br />it out and make a bazillion sales. This will lead to some portion taking <br />advantage of your OTO, and flood your PayPal account with funds! <br />And remember, the typical conversion rate for OTOs ranges from 5% to <br />15%. <br />3.4 Follow-up with newsletters and back-end sales <br />The beauty of online marketing using this sales method is that it not only <br />provides you with a way to make a quick cash infusion every time you've <br />got a new program to promote, but you can tap into your previous buyers <br />for additional sales! It has been said that generating new customers can <br />be 10x more expensive than selling to an existing customer. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 70 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />For programmers who've read this far, this is where you finally get to hit <br />PAY DIRT! When you send out sales notices to your OWN list, guess <br />what? You get to keep 100% of the sales revenues! WHOOPPEE!! <br />Now, try to look back at the overall process I've just described and <br />consider it as a kind of a "game". The goal of this game is to build a <br />big list of names. <br />Why? Two reasons: <br />1. with your own list, you can send out emails and keep 100% of the <br />sales you generate from them <br />2. you can become a JV Partner with OTHER people and keep 50% of <br />the sales you generate by promoting THEIR products to YOUR list! <br />Imagine, with one mouse click, you can send an e-mail to your <br />list(s) and when you wake up in the morning, you'll have thousands <br />of dollars added to it. Is that hard work, or what? :-) <br />Are you starting to get the gist of this yet? So, at first, it might really turn <br />your stomach to have to give up half or more of your up-front sales <br />revenues. <br />But, you can fix this in two ways: <br />● include an OTO in your "pick up the freebie" process <br />● build your own list and sell future product directly to them <br />The apparent "lost commissions" at first are really being given in <br />exchange for leads that let you grow your own list. <br />By the way, a common rule-of-thumb in the internet marketing world is <br />that every name on a list is worth, on average, one dollar per <br />month in direct sales revenues. Can you see how if you focus on <br />building up a big list, this can totally free you from ever having to work at <br />a regular job again? <br />4 Conclusion <br />I hope this little report has helped you, as a programmer, to open your <br />mind to new and powerful ways of earning an income that you that you <br />may never have considered before. As I said, I've employed these <br />methods several times and they've earned me between $5k and $15k <br />each time. And in these cases, the promotional efforts were actually not <br />very broad. <br />You can get an updated and more detailed version of this report by <br />visiting the following URL. It includes a list of resources that you can use <br />to find software, services, and information to assist you in your efforts. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 71 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />http://www.thetoolwiz.com/HotPicks/Program-4-Profits <br />I thank you for taking the time to read this report, and it is my sincere <br />hope that you'll put it to good use and find a way to become independent <br />of your regular job before long. Please feel free to send me a testimonial <br />on your results, as I love to hear about successes. <br />David "The Tool Wiz" Schwartz has been a professional software <br />developer for 30 years. He has been involved with online marketing since <br />mid-2005 and has several products he has developed and promoted <br />under his brand name, “TheToolWiz.com”. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 72 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Offline to Online Services <br />Written by AnneMarie Callan <br />Did you know that with your Internet Marking and IT expertise you can <br />sell these skills to local companies, and make yourself a very nice <br />income indeed? <br />However, the main purpose is this eBook is to show you how YOU CAN <br />EARN $100 A DAY. With this in mind, you had best be prepared to stop <br />your new clients bombarding you with work, once you get started with <br />some of the methods I've listed here. <br />Please give these methods serious consideration because as you build <br />your client base, you will also be helping local businesses to generate <br />more sales and thus be in a position to take on more staff in the future. <br />This, in turn, will have positive repercussions within your neighbourhood <br />and hopefully, help more people as a result. <br />You are now about to set yourself up with your own little “IT Consultancy <br />home business” on the web. <br />The main skills of an IT Consultant would be <br />1. Analysing clients requirement and providing client with information <br />on the different options available. <br />2. Finding solutions and implementing these. <br />3. Updating clients on a regular basis and keeping client informed of <br />changes related to the contract, i.e. Google's algorithm. <br />I've broken the system down into four simple steps: <br />1. Make a list of the skills you already have. <br />2. Find clients <br />3. How to keep your clients <br />4. Getting paid <br />Step 1: Make a list of the skills you already have. <br />(Refer to Appendix 1to complete this <br />Spend time writing down all the experiences you have <br />gained, related to working on the Internet and from <br />using the computer in general, over the last couple of <br />years or so or however long you have been using it. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 73 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />There may even be times when you have been working on projects and <br />forgotten about them, so it's important that you take as much time as <br />you need to complete this. <br />If you have an old CV, that would be the first place to start. If you <br />haven’t got a CV then take a look at the CV Creator Tool at <br />www.monster.com to give you an idea of the sort of things a CV would <br />cover. <br />The following is a list of some of the skills you may have, to help you get <br />started, together with some ideas of what you might be able to do in your <br />own IT Concultancy: <br />● Can you set up databases and use macros to link the <br />databases with other applications? <br />After you have had discussions with a company, of what their needs <br />are for their database and set the database up, then you could also <br />create a training video for their staff on how to actually use the <br />database. <br />In addition it could be that you charge them a nominal monthly fee <br />for ongoing support, as and when they needed it. In this way you <br />would generate a regular monthly income. <br />(From my own personal experience, when a database is set up and <br />the person who originally set it up has left the company, it can be a <br />nightmare trying to fix a problem because of the criteria they may <br />have added.) <br />● Can you create a website? <br />Some companies may only want a very basic website to put their <br />presence on the internet. <br />However, if the website they want is more complicated and you <br />didn't want to take that on, then you could either buy a website <br />package or outsource it through <br />www.theinternetmarketinginnercircle.com or www.elance.com <br />Either way, you will have shown that you are capable of taking this <br />task onboard. <br />● Can you transfer a word document into a PDF file? <br />Many companies would be very pleased to have an eBook to <br />distribute electronically to their customers on all the information <br />they already have on their product lines. All you would have to do <br />would be to download this data and put it into a PDF. Then you <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 74 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />could just finish it off by giving the PDF a professional looking <br />cover, which could include their company logo. <br />● Do you know how to use autoresponders? <br />Again, I've seen many companies who have no opt-in box on their <br />sites, yet they have an enormous amount of data sitting there. <br />They will be pleasantly surprised when they find out that, not only <br />will they be able to create an eBook with this data but, that they <br />will also be able to contact people over and over again promoting <br />their products or services, once they opt-in. <br />(You'll find a chapter in this ebook with details on how to set up an <br />opt-in with Aweber.) <br />● Have you any SEO experience? <br />If you have SEO experience, you're probably always checking to see <br />who has a good website or who hasn't. <br />Just imagine how much extra traffic you could generate for a <br />business with some simple strategies which you use all the time <br />anyway? <br />Again, for this service you could charge them a nominal monthly <br />fee for ongoing SEO. <br />Just imagine if you had, say ten local companies who you <br />contracted out to, all you would have to do would be one hour SEO <br />a week for them! <br />● Are you comfortable with Adwords and other PPC programs? <br />With these skills, you will be in a great position to help many <br />companies who want to promote their latest products quickly. <br />Perhaps you could demonstrate these skills to them, by taking a <br />slow moving product and pushing it forward with a PPC campaign. <br />This would probably entice them to promote say, one product a <br />week or month, thus ensuring a monthly contract with them. <br />● Can you set up hosting and email accounts? <br />A lot of smaller companies find this particular element of working <br />online very confusing and this is where you could come in, by <br />offering them a hosting and email package. <br />You could even prepare a video demonstrating how they can use <br />the cPanel themselves if they want to have more control. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 75 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />● Do you know more than the majority when it comes to <br />putting PowerPoint presentations together? <br />There are many companies who use PowerPoint for their main <br />presentation at their annual events, whether worldwide or local. <br />In most cases, they will have offices from all around the country or <br />world, sending in their presentations and they need a PowerPoint <br />specialist to put the whole presentation together using the one <br />template. <br />If you decide to go down this route, then I suggest you take a look <br />at this site which has great information <br />http://www.internet4classrooms.com/on-line_powerpoint.htm <br />● Can you make video? <br />Promoting products using videos is another way to help local <br />businesses create more sales for their products. <br />It is also clear that within the next few years more and more <br />companies will be relying completely on this form of advertising - <br />therefore if you decide to specialize in this area, you will always be <br />in demand. <br />● Can you sell products on eBay? <br />Selling on eBay is covered in another chapter and this is just a <br />reminder that you can encourage local companies to clear out their <br />old stock and give it to you to sell on eBay for a commission. <br />● Can you train people on how to use an application, using <br />Camtasia? <br />Apart from the database function, as mentioned above, Camtasia <br />can be used to train any application which a company uses. <br />It can also be used to demonstrate general office procedures, using <br />PowerPoint for the slides. This could be a very useful tool for <br />companies who employ temporary staff or who are bringing in new <br />procedures for their own in-house applications. <br />● Can you create blogs? <br />There are many companies who have a static website without a <br />blog to feed it. They don't realise the benefits of using a blog. This <br />is where you could come in, by just creating a simple Blogger blog <br />at www.blogger.com and leaving them with a video of how to <br />update the blog. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 76 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />However, you can take this a step further and set up a Wordpress <br />blog. <br />The Wordpress blog has many more functions which make it a <br />much more professional platform to work from. <br />The first thing you must NEVER do, or at least I will NEVER do again <br />anyway, is to have your Wordpress blog hosted on their server. I <br />stayed up all night creating a Wordpress blog and just when I had <br />finished, logged out and logged in again to see the results of my <br />work. I was completely gutted to see that not one single link was <br />live, nor were any of the pictures there that I had uploaded. <br />As I had promised them the blog for early that morning, I had to <br />quickly rustle up a Blogger blog instead. <br />But you learn from your mistakes. <br />If creating a blog for your clients is something you would like to do, <br />then you have probably chosen very wisely because blogs are here <br />to stay and Wordpress is the 'king of the blog applications' in terms <br />of what you can achieve using it. <br />Wordpress Training <br />This is great for getting started. It has great videos to demonstrate <br />a lot of the 'how to' questions you may have. <br />Web 2.0 Wordpress Free Report <br />This is the probably the most superior package you are going to find <br />on the internet with regard to Wordpress. They show you exactly <br />how to get masses of traffic each and every day to your Wordpress <br />site, with some pretty amazing plug-ins that they use. They even <br />include features which are outside the usual Wordpress plug-ins! <br />If you are serious about having one very impressive blog to impress <br />your potential clients, look at both of these options and decide. <br />Remember, it is important that you have the best tools for the job; <br />otherwise somebody else is going to come in and take your <br />customers away! <br />Once you have your client set up on a Wordpress blog, you could <br />keep them informed on a regular basis of the new plug-ins they <br />could use to benefit their company or organisation. <br />I could go on and on with the list of skills you may already have. <br />However, hopefully the list so far will have got you thinking about your <br />own skills. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 77 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Points To Remember <br />Always remember that whatever you spend for your business, will be tax <br />deductible against your business expenses. I would like to say that you <br />don't have to buy anything to get started online and yes, there are ways <br />that this is true but, if you want to blog for instance, you will need, at the <br />very least the cost of a domain name and hosting. <br />You can also teach yourself everything that is available in the way of <br />information online BUT not all the information you need is freely <br />available. <br />And finally, if you get more clients than you can deal with, you could <br />always outsource some of your contracts to others who are looking for <br />work at home jobs or use Elance etc. <br />All of the above are skills which the majority of small companies don't <br />have a clue about. In fact, if you look at the websites of some of your <br />local businesses, you'll be amazed at their lack of SEO, and generally the <br />overall loss of potential income these websites are suffering, entirely <br />because they just don't realise what is available to them. <br />But that is good for those of us who have acquired these skills. We have <br />an asset now and can sell it to them. <br />The businesses, on the other hand, are probably too busy organising their <br />business and haven't the time to put into their websites. Plus a lot of <br />companies don't want to employ somebody on a full time basis, as they <br />may not actually need them full time. <br />Another benefit for you is, not only do you have the skills, but also, the <br />majority of these skill sets can be used in the comfort of your own home. <br />Of course, you'll need to spend some time on their premises assessing <br />their needs and, also building relationships with your clients. Overall, you <br />will do the majority of the work off site. <br />Do your skills need to be brought up to date? <br />Once you decide what skills you can offer, or even want to promote to <br />companies, from the list of skills that you have produced, then you have <br />to ask yourself if you need to improve these in any way. After all, your <br />aim is to be the expert! <br />If this is the case, make a decision to spend the next two weeks being <br />completely focused on learning more about your targeted subject. You'll <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 78 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />be able to find free or 30 day trial programs on the internet covering <br />many if not all of the topics. You can also find second hand books on <br />most subjects in Amazon or even try your local bookstore. <br />As a special offer to go with this ebook – you can download over 200 <br />videos at http://www.ez4u2gowebbusiness.com/T1TIMICspecial.htm <br />When you are confident that you have the required skills then your next <br />step is to find the businesses that need these skills. But before you do <br />that, you have to prepare yourself. <br />Preparing to meet your customers/clients <br />Finding customers can actually be the biggest stumbling block to your <br />business success. <br />Lack of confidence and nerves are the main culprits. But, there are ways <br />of getting rid of your nerves and I've found two ways myself. I've listed <br />them below in the hope that they help you too, if this is something you <br />need to address. <br />One way I get around dealing with my nerves is to picture myself being <br />confident in the situation I am about to go into – so, head up, shoulders <br />back, say to myself "I can do it" and off I go. Well, it works for me <br />anyway! <br />The following is another method I have used. (Try it for yourself, to see <br />how easy it is. I would advice you to try it out on a friend first to get <br />some practice!) <br />Think back to a particular event or goal in your life, which resulted from <br />your own hard work, tenacity and determination. Remember the feeling <br />of elation when you eventually reached that goal. Remember the smiles <br />on the faces of the people around you and the satisfaction they also got. <br />Next; with these feelings, picture in your mind's eye, a large circle on the <br />ground of your favourite colour. Again in your mind's eye, step inside this <br />circle with these feelings. (I wonder how you feel now!) <br />Whenever you are dealing with people outside of your comfort zone, you <br />can use these simple methods to immediately give yourself confidence in <br />your own capabilities. <br />Apart from being confident, you also have to look the part. It's no good <br />walking into a company with scruffy jeans and an old shirt. Also check <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 79 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />your shoes! Little things like your poor personal appearance will put <br />people off you within seconds. <br />Now that you are now armed with the skills, confidence and <br />determination, we can move on. There is no denying that it will be hard <br />going to start with – and so, here is something to give you food for <br />thought: <br />Step 2: 9 Ways of Finding Clients <br />To get started with building your portfolio of clients, <br />one of the best ways forward would be to offer a free <br />service to a local charity. They would probably be <br />delighted to have your support and you would be <br />gaining by having your first client. Potentially, this <br />could lead to offers of work through the connections <br />they may have associated with the charity. <br />After that, you could select, say 2 - 3 new local <br />businesses and help them get started by setting up a <br />blog for them, implementing a database, preparing templates, or any <br />other tasks relevant to their business. Just by offering them a few hours <br />of free (or, at a special price) support, you will again be building your <br />portfolio and they will be happy to give you testimonials in the future. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 80 of 247 <br />Nothing in the world can take the place of <br />PERSISTENCE <br />Talent will not - Nothing is more common than unsuccessful <br />men with talent <br />Genius will not - Unrewarded genius is almost a proverb <br />Education will not - The world is full of educated derelicts <br />PERSISTENCE and DETERMINATION alone, are <br />omnipotent. <br />(The profound words of Calvin Coolidge – 13th President of the USA) <br />I hope this inspires you, as it has inspired thousands over the years <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Doing this, you will also get the opportunity to see what their company <br />needs will be as they grow and can suggest ways that you would be able <br />to help them move forward. They in turn will have built a relationship <br />with you and will repay you by giving you their future business. <br />Word of Mouth <br />This is actually one of the very best ways I've found of generating local <br />business. <br />Just chatting with your friends about what you are doing on the internet, <br />usually intrigues them enough to want to know more. They may have a <br />business themselves and love the fact that they can use someone to help <br />them with their business, in the knowledge that they already trust that <br />person. <br />Or they may know someone who is looking for the type of expertise you <br />have and will pass your details on. <br />If your contact actually works for a large company, get as much <br />information as you can about the procedures that this company uses. Try <br />and find out from them, without putting them into a position of conflict of <br />interest, where the company is having problems with particular skills? <br />Then, get hold of their advertising or promotional literature, so that you <br />are completely informed of what the company's mission statement is and <br />what their future growth plans are. <br />Armed with all this information, make an appointment with the personnel <br />department, of whom you already must have the full name and title, and <br />let them know how you could benefit their company. <br />Mail Shot <br />With a mail shot, it is very important that you have the name and the job <br />title of the person who would be responsible for confirming your contract. <br />You'll find the addresses in the Yellow pages or local directories and will <br />have to spend quite a bit of time telephoning each company to get the <br />names and titles. Do expect people to be a little wary of giving you this <br />information at first because they get many cold callers! If you don't do <br />that, then you might as well not bother doing a mail shot at all. <br />Prepare the mail shot to be sent to 100 of the local companies, informing <br />them of what benefits they will receive by employing your services for <br />just 'x' amount of hours a month. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 81 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Make a special offer to the first 20 clients who employ your services by a <br />certain date. <br />Repeat this practice on a fortnightly basis until you build up your <br />database of clients to fill the amount of hours that you want to work each <br />day. <br />You should also follow up with a telephone call after the first week. <br />It is very important that you use high quality printing paper and <br />envelopes as this sets a precedent for your quality of work. <br />Following is an example of a mail shot letter. <br />Your Company Name <br />Your Company Address 2 <br />Town – Postcode <br />Telephone No 00000000000 <br />Email info@yourcompanyname.com <br />www.yourwebsitepage.com <br />Mr A Other <br />Managing Director <br />Address 1 <br />Town <br />Postcode <br />Dear Mr Other <br />Your Business Success With Our <br />Freelance Internet Marketing Service <br />If more customers are important to the success of your business and you <br />want to increase your sales without having to invest a large sum of money, <br />our new service could be exactly what you need right now. <br />We are an internet marketing company whose service is to promote local <br />businesses through the internet, with the benefit of a two hour weekly <br />contract. <br />Our services include some of the following: <br />● Promoting your products, using appropriate internet marketing <br />advertising campaigns. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 82 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />● Building interactive websites, which will enable your potential <br />customers to be updated immediately of new products as they <br />become available and also for them to be able to contact you <br />immediately. <br />● Updating your existing website to generate more traffic and to bring <br />it to the top of the Google search engine. <br />Can your business afford not to take this two hour weekly contract? <br />For more information on the services we have available to generate more <br />customers for your business, please contact us to discuss this and to <br />make an appointment. <br />Yours sincerely <br />John Jones <br />Company Name <br />Direct Approach <br />When you are out and about generally and find that you are impressed by <br />a particular retail business, ask for their business card. Then, when you <br />get home, research their website, their links, competition etc, and contact <br />them later with your ideas of how you could help them to generate more <br />traffic to their store or to their site. <br />Again, look at local companies. Check out their websites to see if there is <br />any way that they could benefit from your services. If they don't have a <br />website, contact them and request company literature or any public data <br />that they may have. As soon as you have put together a profile of the <br />company's needs with regards to your services, then make an <br />appointment and introduce your consultancy service to them. <br />Public Relations <br />It's often very hard to get free advertising through a press release in your <br />local newspaper or magazine. But there are ways to do it and the <br />following is how I managed to sneak myself into a monthly magazine. <br />Firstly, I kept an eye on what a particular writer's theme was. Then I sent <br />him a letter complimenting him on one of his articles and hinting that I <br />had a good story which he might like for his column. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 83 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />(Your headline is your bait to catch him!) Well, I caught him with my <br />headline, got an interview written in the magazine and a couple of <br />months later; he telephoned me to ask me if I would do a radio interview! <br />Just to repeat, the most important part of this exercise is your headline. <br />There are online services which you could use, such as www.PRweb.com <br />but as you are trying to find local companies, unless you can find a free <br />trial, I would wait until you have tried many of the other local sources. <br />Specialist Agencies <br />There are many agencies online you can register with, who will be looking <br />for the skill sets you have. These companies will earn a commission on <br />any contracts they put you into, so it is worthwhile registering with them <br />as they want to make money too. <br />There are also websites, which will allow you to list your skills and by <br />registering, you will be putting your profile out on the internet to be <br />found by the companies who are looking for exactly what you have to <br />offer. Just Google search your 'phrase' + freelance or contract. <br />Networking <br />Group networking is also very important to building your business profile <br />in the locality. <br />● Join the local Chamber of Commerce <br />● Join your local Business Link <br />● Join as many small business networking groups and any other <br />groups where people mix together, even school meeting. <br />You'll often find that agencies, such as Business Link will have an open <br />day once a year or so, where local small businesses can promote their <br />services to the other companies in the area. I would check this out as <br />soon as possible because there may be such a day coming up. <br />Set up a Local Blog on a Community Theme <br />This is a quick way to get lots of interest in your business and you could <br />incorporate it with the PR section above as well. <br />Find a theme that a lot of local people are interested in. You could even <br />contact your local council to get details of all the groups and meetings in <br />the area. Focus on the largest group. <br />Then contact as many members of the business community as possible <br />and offer free advertising on your blog. You'll need to set up pages <br />specifically for the different categories. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 84 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Make sure that on the first page you have continuing news of your <br />projects. You could even have a section to highlight one company a week. <br />This way, people will come back to the blog on a regular basis to check if <br />they have been selected. Get them to register for updates through an <br />autoresponder which will enable you to keep in touch with them on an <br />ongoing basis. <br />Make special offers for using one of your skills for certain weeks or for a <br />particular event, such as your father's 90th birthday, on the blog. This <br />could entice them to try your skills at a reduced rate and then come back <br />for more! <br />(Obviously, you should add Adsense, Affiliate programs and paid ads on <br />the blog as well, to generate even more income.) <br />You can use Blogger which is free but if you want to set up a professional <br />blog with all the plug-ins, you really do need to learn all about <br />Wordpress. <br />Again, here are the two recommendations, which I use and have used <br />with great success. Wordpress Training I found this great for getting <br />started. <br />Web 2.0 Wordpress Free Report With this you can create superior blogs. I <br />would go as far as to say, probably the very best blogs created, on the <br />internet. <br />Local Magazines – Village, Church, Schools <br />It is amazing the amount of traffic you can generate from a small, yet <br />very cheap advertisement in village, church or even school magazines. <br />You could even travel slightly outside of your area to advertise, if, for <br />instance, there was a private school in that neighbourhood. <br />From my own experience, a small advert in a local village magazine <br />brought in more clients that I ever would have imagined. The cost was <br />nominal. Not only were the new clients from the area but also from <br />outside the area as well. Some people, from outside an area, when <br />visiting friends etc, would pick up the local magazine and take it back to <br />their own home and then telephone from wherever they lived. <br />There were times when I couldn't take on the work they wanted because <br />of the location but that wasn't always the case and all in all, I was <br />amazed at the amount of clients I acquired through using this method. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 85 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Also, whilst I was with one client that I gained from the advertisement, <br />they would tell me that when I had finished, another company wanted me <br />to visit them as well. (This goes back to the word of mouth section.) <br />There came a point in time when I no longer needed to advertise and look <br />for clients, they found me anyway! <br />Local Newspaper – Job Classified Section <br />Just by searching the local newspaper to see what jobs are advertised you <br />may find openings for yourself. <br />When a company is looking for a person with a particular skill they <br />generally highlight in bullets the main criteria they are looking for in that <br />position. As soon as you see a position listed with the skills that you <br />have, contact them and offer these services on a contract basis. <br />They may be delighted that you approached them because it could save <br />them a lot of money in the long run. Instead of paying for a full time staff <br />member, they will only have to pay for your specific hours, onsite or <br />offsite. <br />Step 3: How to keep the clients you have? <br />We all know it takes a lot of time to acquire our <br />clients but, it is very important that we don't lose <br />them. <br />For one thing, it would look so unprofessional if you <br />completed a contract with them and never bothered <br />to get in touch again. <br />For another, if you keep in touch with them, they <br />are bound to talk about you when networking with <br />other companies, who may then employ your services. <br />● Keep in touch with them via email and telephone on a regular <br />basis. <br />● When you are in their area, let them know and try to find the time <br />to meet up with them for a drink or lunch. <br />● Create a newsletter specifically for your clients letting them know <br />what type of projects you are working on, and what you are doing <br />for other clients, obviously keeping their names private. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 86 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />● Keep them updated in the newsletter of what new skills you are <br />using and how it would benefit their company via sales or <br />production. <br />● It wouldn't hurt to invest in some promotional material to give out <br />as well – so that they don't forget you! <br />Step 4: Getting Paid <br />I personally have never had a problem getting paid with this <br />business. Yes, occasionally a payment might be late but I <br />generally build up a relationship with the accounts <br />department of the companies I am dealing with. Once they <br />know you, they don't like to let you down. <br />If I had a problem with anyone, I'm sure that I would find a way to coax <br />the money out of them, gently. However, if they were the kind of people <br />who I could not coax – well, guess what – Small Claims Court would be <br />my next call! <br />Having said that, you may need to have a contract in place, depending on <br />the laws regulating freelance or contract work in your State or country. It <br />would be advisable for you to contact your local business advice bureau <br />for more information. <br />If you wanted, you could even set up a PayPal account for all your clients <br />to make it easier for them to pay you. <br />Extra Notes: <br />● Whilst on this subject, it will also be necessary for you to find out if <br />you will need public liability insurance or business liability <br />insurance – again get this information from your local business <br />advice bureau. <br />● It goes without saying, that it is imperative that you keep every <br />single receipt of your expenses and details of your income for the <br />amount of tax you will be liable for. <br />AnneMarie Callan - http://www.ez4u2gowebbusiness.com - also has <br />other products which may be helpful for you. They include her ebooks on <br />'Having Fun Getting Out Of Debt', 'Starting A Fashion Design Business <br />'and 'Working Online Without A Website', as well as many free reports. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 87 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />As well as the eBooks, she has some promises to fulfil with local people to <br />look at their websites, help them produce free reports and eBooks too! <br />Wishing you tremendous success in your, Offline to Online, business. <br />Please remember that every local business you help, will soon be in <br />position to employ more people and they in turn will be able to help <br />others. <br />Appendix 1 - List Your Skills <br />Following is a list of some of the skills covered in this chapter. <br />List of skills Do you need <br />training <br />Can you outsource <br />this skill <br />Setting up databases <br />Create websites <br />Create PDF documents <br />Use graphics to create covers <br />Autoresponders <br />SEO <br />PPC – Adwords <br />Hosting and setting up email accounts <br />PowerPoint presentations <br />Create training video with Camtasia <br />Create Blogs <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 88 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Playing the Multi Level Marketing Game the RIGHT Way <br />Written by Michael Badger <br />The Promises: <br />Promise: Just find three people who find three people who find <br />three people and you will make a million dollars this year! <br />Promise: Look at these beautiful pictures of yachts and houses… <br />They can ALL can be yours! <br />Promise: Your upline will build your business for you! <br />Promise: Work with us and have the financial freedom to quit you <br />J.O.B in three months! <br />Promise: Just sign up today and pay your $14.95 and we’ll do all <br />the work! <br />How many times have you heard these overblown promises presented to <br />you by the latest and greatest Multi Level Marketing company? If you are <br />like most internet marketers, you have heard this story many, many <br />times before. You have played the “MLM game” and, sadly, you have <br />probably either lost money at it or if you were lucky you made a couple of <br />measly bucks for long hours of toil in front of your computer. <br />In fact, if you are like MOST internet marketer, you haven’t just lost <br />money once or twice to some MLM pipe dream, you have probably lost <br />money dozens of times! <br />We’re going to come back to those promises listed above in a little while. <br />Understanding those promises and what they are really selling is what <br />you are going to need to understand in order to make $100/day <br />promoting MLM. <br />This chapter is going to outline and detail 3 strategies that have been <br />TESTED and PROVEN to work to generate some significant income in a <br />few different online MLM companies. You could duplicate these strategies <br />exactly in order to build a business for yourself in just about any MLM <br />company out there. Or, you can analyze these successful strategies to get <br />yourself thinking outside the box so you can come up with a new concept <br />of your own. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 89 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />But before we get into the strategies, I feel it is my absolute duty to <br />present a couple of cold, hard facts that you need to know if you are <br />going to play the “MLM Game.” <br />The Facts: <br />FACT: 95-99% of participants in ANY MLM company will suffer <br />financial LOSS! <br />FACT: Your odds of winning at a single spin of a roulette wheel in <br />Las Vegas are GREATER than your odds of pulling a profit in an <br />MLM company! <br />Please read those facts out loud to yourself at least 5 times! I’m serious <br />about that. So many internet marketers get caught up in the MLM game <br />and overlook the fact that they are playing with a system that is NOT <br />designed to work in their favor. Those marketers buy into the false <br />promises and dreams rather than looking at the facts they need to know <br />if they want to build a real business. <br />What’s worse, our attention span for any given MLM program is usually <br />very short. It becomes so easy for us to leave a program we were just <br />starting to get familiar with because there is some hot new program that <br />just launched and you MAY have the opportunity to “get in at the top.” <br />DO NOT BE ONE OF THE LEMMINGS JUMPING FROM PROGRAM TO <br />PROGRAM! THAT IS A SUREFIRE WAY TO EMPTY YOUR WALLET, <br />GET YOU FRUSTRATED AND END YOUR MARKETING CAREER VERY <br />FAST. <br />I challenge you to take a good hard look at the facts. If you are going to <br />work in MLM, you have to make certain that you end up in the top 1% of <br />people doing it. Otherwise, you would do much better to choose a <br />different method from this ebook to generate your $100/day. <br />The only way to actually make some money in online MLM programs is to <br />STOP buying into the dreams and promises. Instead, start understanding <br />WHY the promises are there and formulate a PLAN to capitalize on the <br />mindset that all MLMers are buying into. <br />Stop playing the game and start building a serious-minded business! <br />OK, let’s get started… <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 90 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Understanding the MLM Mindset <br />In order for you to generate income in an MLM company, it is imperative <br />that you fully understand the mindset of the average MLM marketer <br />because that is who your market really is. <br />Think about it for a minute. What is an MLM company actually selling? <br />They lead you to believe that it is whatever product they have to offer. <br />But the truth is that they are selling the Promises and the Dream. The <br />front sales page of any MLM company’s website will almost always show <br />you pictures of the new lifestyle you could acquire if you join them - NOT <br />the benefits of their product! <br />Let’s look once more at the Promises. If you distill them to one basic <br />promise, what are they really offering? Basically, they promise that you <br />can get rich without doing much work. <br />That right there is what any MLM company is really selling – the <br />dream that you can get rich without doing much work. <br />So, what does this mean for you? <br />Well, if the company itself is focused on selling this IDEA, shouldn’t YOU <br />be focused on that as well? I am not saying that you should make false <br />and misleading promises in order to build a downline. But you should <br />understand that it is an idea that you are promoting and not necessarily a <br />product. <br />The MLM company will lead you to believe that you should promote their <br />product. Let’s say it is a health drink. You could try to build a business by <br />getting into the health and fitness niche. But, what will this get you? You <br />might get lucky and develop a customer base. But most likely, you are <br />not an expert on health and fitness so breaking into the niche will be very <br />difficult. Even if you DO get a customer base, if you are not attracting <br />other people who might be interested in joining your MLM business then <br />you are not maximizing the potential of your MLM. <br />You would do much better to see your target market for what it is – other <br />MLM marketers! <br />Find Your True Target Market <br />And who exactly are the other MLM marketers that you should be trying <br />to sell to? Well, if MLM companies are promising a dream of riches <br />without much work, then who exactly is buying into that dream? I would <br />bet that for the most part it is going to be a slew of people who are new <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 91 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />to the world of internet marketing and think that building an MLM <br />program is going to be the quickest and easiest way for them to build a <br />business. <br />These people probably do not have many skills relevant to working <br />online. They have never made a website, built a list or created their own <br />splash page. <br />They were drawn to MLM in the first place because they thought it would <br />be an easy way to get started. They learned how to put the URL of their <br />company with their affiliate link into the Traffic Exchanges, and they are <br />keeping their fingers crossed that they can get a referral or two that way. <br />My friend, those people right there are YOUR market! If you can supply <br />something that THOSE PEOPLE NEED, then you will have found your <br />method for building a downline in ANY MLM Company! <br />A while back, I interviewed Paula Zuehlke, owner of the top ranked traffic <br />exchange Hit Safari. Here is what she had to say based on her experience <br />as a traffic exchange owner: <br />I have seen hundreds if not thousands of exciting new product launches <br />on my exchanges. It always amazes me that EVERYONE promoting the <br />launch uses the same splash pages to do it. Marketers need to get <br />creative and find their own ways to build a program. Otherwise all they <br />are really doing is helping their company to brand itself, not building their <br />own business! <br />If you can provide these people with a way out of the mainstream <br />methods of promoting, a way for some of them to distinguish <br />themselves from the masses, you will be providing an extremely <br />valuable service and you will have MLMers signing up for your <br />downline in droves! <br />OK, let’s quickly break down the mindset of the average MLM marketer <br />(also known as YOUR target market!): <br />● Little-to-no technical skills. <br />● Wants an easy-to-use system. <br />● Wants to follow a leader to achieve success. <br />● Does not have a way to stand out from the crowd. <br />● Hopes for riches, but doesn’t really know how to accomplish that <br />goal. <br />So, if we can just find a way to fill these needs, we can tap into this <br />market and build a successful business. That is the key understanding <br />what you need to have if you hope to achieve success in MLM promotion. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 92 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />I would even venture to say that if you stay in the herd, that is, just keep <br />doing what everybody else is doing, and do not start providing a solution <br />to those needs, there is no chance at all that you will be successful in <br />MLM. <br />Method #1 – Create An MLM Marketing System <br />Here’s the first way that I was able to build a large downline in one <br />particular MLM company practically overnight. I have not seen anyone <br />else using this particular method, so if you take this ball and run with it <br />I’m quite confident you could duplicate my results. <br />I’ll be honest with you… this system worked in a way that I didn’t <br />anticipate, and it worked BETTER than I even thought it would! <br />When I first started working online, I was introduced to a few different <br />MLM companies and thought they could be a good way to make some <br />money. Unfortunately, the ones I was first introduced to were very <br />popular and I was lost in the herd of people out there promoting the <br />splash pages provided by the companies. <br />So, having some html and design capabilities, I created some unique and <br />eye-catching splash pages for myself and put them on the traffic <br />exchanges instead. Nope, still didn’t get a single downline member that <br />way! <br />I was going to have to be much more creative if I was going to attract <br />people to my team. I started thinking that if I couldn’t pull people into my <br />downlines by promoting the companies themselves, then there were <br />probably lots of other people out there having the same problem. <br />I realized that I needed to provide THOSE PEOPLE with a way to grow <br />their teams. If I could do that then I would start to have a team of my <br />own. So, I started jotting down ideas for a website that would give people <br />a way to do just that. <br />Here are the basics that I came up with: <br />● The site was a downline builder, promoting a few “Endorsed” main <br />MLM programs. These were the main programs that members would <br />make money from. <br />● Membership to the site was free, but in order to be eligible for <br />membership you were REQUIRED to join at least one of the <br />Endorsed Programs under a current member of the site. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 93 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />● In addition to the Endorsed Programs, there was a section called <br />“Marketing Resources.” This section listed 7 other programs that <br />members could join and then make money from by promoting the <br />site. <br />● As a benefit of membership, you automatically received a copy of <br />the website that you could brand with all of your own affiliate links <br />for the various programs. You also received access to splash pages, <br />advertising copy and training in ways to build out your team. <br />● There was also a team forum where we discussed strategies and <br />developed a community approach to building our businesses. <br />● For the main site’s URL, I had it rotate among all the members of <br />the site. So, after I had obtained 50 “top level” members, all others <br />that joined were placed under a current member. <br />● When I added a new program to the site, I would only send it to the <br />top 50 members. They would join and then send their affiliate link <br />to their downline. <br />So, you see what happened here…. <br />I created a site that essentially had its own unique LOOK and BRAND. I <br />positioned the site as a way to generate income in a friendly teammarketing <br />setting. Members joined the site and then promoted it in order <br />to build out their teams in the MLM programs I had selected for them to <br />work with. <br />Here was the best part… All I had to do to promote was place my website <br />and splash pages on a few traffic exchanges. Once I had just a small <br />membership, THEY took the ball and did the promoting for me. The <br />downlines continued to grow and all I had to do was stay active in the <br />forum and by email to keep people motivated! <br />One important element that you would want to make sure to include very <br />prominently in your advertising and copy is the fact that you will help <br />people build out their downlines. Remember, MLM marketers WANT the <br />easy way out. That is part of the mindset. You need to cater to that. <br />Here is the splash page we were using that converted the best by far for <br />the team (I left out the site’s logo because promoting that site is not my <br />intention in this ebook). <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 94 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />See how simple it is? And it was 100% true too – because of the rotator <br />function, I was always driving traffic to my members’ sites. <br />This simple little splash page did so well because it showed people that <br />we had something they wanted: a system that they could join and then <br />forget about that would promote for them! <br />I mentioned above that this system ended up working in a way that I <br />didn’t anticipate, and it was far more successful than I even realized it <br />would be. Here’s that part of the story: <br />When I first launched the site, I included two Endorsed Programs on it. <br />Those two programs were very popular MLM programs at the time (let’s <br />call them Program A and Program B). Remember, it was a requirement of <br />the site that members join at least one of the programs somewhere in my <br />downline. <br />Well, there were literally thousands of people who were already members <br />of either Program A or Program B, and they were all struggling to build <br />their downlines. When someone who was in Program A saw my site and <br />realized it could help them build their position in Program A, that person <br />would sign up under me in Program B just so they could have the ability <br />to use my site to promote their original position in Program A! <br />So, what I created was a new market of people who had a reason to join <br />Program B that had not even thought about joining Program B before. <br />Now that’s a way to build a downline! <br />But it got even better… <br />About a month after launch, it became apparent that we needed to add <br />one more Endorsed Program to the lineup. Members were asking to be <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 95 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />able to build out one more main MLM program. So, I quickly searched for <br />a suitable program. This time though, I selected one that was relatively <br />new and not yet inundated with members. <br />This worked like a charm! I sent an email to my 50 top level members. <br />Almost all of them joined the program and then sent it “down the <br />pipeline” to my entire membership. <br />Within a week, almost ALL of my members had joined this new program <br />and I had a huge downline in it! To this day, I am still enjoying significant <br />income from including this one program on my site! <br />Putting This Method into Action <br />Developing a site like this will take you some work and an initial <br />investment, but it is work that will certainly not go unrewarded. <br />Unfortunately I don’t have a nice out-of-the-box script you can purchase <br />to set this up instantly. What I recommend is that you sit down and make <br />bullet points for how you envision a site of this nature working. Use the <br />bullet points I listed above to get you started. <br />Then, go to either http://www.scriptlance.com or http://www.odesk.com <br />and post a job for a programmer to implement your unique ideas. I used <br />odesk and the entire job cost under $1000. For a programmer, this type <br />of job is not overly complicated and you should be able to find someone <br />who can do a great job for you. <br />As of the writing of this ebook, I had never considered turning my script <br />into a generic one you could buy in order to run this kind of program for <br />yourself. But, if there is sufficient interest I will have the programmer <br />that created this script for me make a generic, brandable version that you <br />could host under any name you choose and design to have your own look. <br />If you would like to be informed if I do develop a generic version of this <br />script, please visit http://michaelbadger.com/mlmbuilder and sign up to <br />receive updates. This will not add you to my personal mailing list. You <br />will only receive notifications on the development of this script. <br />Method #2 – So Simple It's Hardly A Method! <br />This method was one that I discovered almost by accident. It is so simple <br />to set up with a tiny little bit of PHP. I am NOT a programmer but was <br />able to write the little piece of necessary code myself (and I offer it to <br />you here for free!) <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 96 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />I saw a program I wanted to promote. Having realized from my successful <br />campaign with Method #1 that I needed to provide help to other people, I <br />decided to try a little experiment. I created the following splash page that <br />promised people I would help them build their downline: <br />Underneath this page was a small signup form where you could enter <br />your name and email address (using any free formmail script – your <br />hosting company usually provides you with one). Once you hit submit, <br />this information was emailed to me. I would then email you back with the <br />affiliate link of one of the people in my downline. You would join under <br />them, and then the next person who joined our campaign would be <br />placed under you. <br />I did this at first just to see if there would be any interest. All I did was <br />place the splash page on a few Traffic Exchanges. <br />I had over 100 people signup in about 24 hours!!!! <br />OK, now I knew this would work so I took it to the next level. At first it <br />was just me promoting this splash page, but what if everyone who joined <br />the campaign was able to promote the splash page and benefit from it <br />directly? <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 97 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />That could create a viral explosion. I just had to try it! :-) <br />So, I added a tiny piece of PHP code to the splash page. This piece of <br />additional code went into the formmail area of the html. It made it so <br />that my downline members could have copies of the splash page as well. <br />When someone filled in the form from one of my downline member’s <br />splash pages I would know who had obtained the referral and I would <br />make sure to put that new referral in that person’s downline. <br />For example, let’s say that Sally was one of the people in my downline. <br />Sally could promote the splash page URL like this: <br />http://OurCampaignURL.com/?ref=sally. Then, when someone saw Sally’s <br />splash page and signed up, I would receive an email with the new <br />person’s name and email address, and the fact that they had been <br />referred by Sally. I would then send that new person Sally’s affiliate link <br />so they could sign up under her for the program we were building. <br />This took maybe two minutes to set up. I emailed the members about the <br />change, and they started promoting right away. It worked just like I had <br />hoped. Within days we had over a thousand people signed up in the MLM <br />program – ALL of them in my downline. <br />Here is the PHP code you would insert into the formmail area of your <br />html: <br /><input type="hidden" name="ref" value="<?php echo $_GET['ref']; ? <br />>"/> <br />Then, anyone can promote your splash page with “?ref=TheirName” at <br />the end of the URL. You will know who referred anyone to that splash <br />page when they sign up. <br />It is the simplest little affiliate script on the planet! <br />This was a fly-by-the-seat-of-my-pants campaign and one thing just led <br />to another. It all happened very quickly. In about three days I was <br />receiving more signups than I could keep up with. So, I went to a <br />programmer that I found online and told him how I was manually running <br />my campaign. It took him about a day to make what I was doing an <br />automated process so that I was freed from having to keep track of <br />everything. The script he wrote for me cost about $70 and freed me from <br />having to do any manual work for the campaign at all! <br />I think that a lot of people are afraid of dealing with programmers and <br />developing scripts. It is not hard and the payoff, particularly in MLM, is <br />huge! All you have to do is write up how you envision what you need. You <br />then send it to a programmer (or post it on Odesk or Scriptlance). The <br />programmer you work with will ask you questions that you had not <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 98 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />thought of, and then they will get to work and deliver your script to you, <br />usually in a few days. <br />If you are going to work in MLM, you need to think outside the box and <br />create systems for people to follow. Try developing a script once. Once <br />you have done it, the process really won’t be as scary a prospect! <br />But, if you still don’t want to develop a website and script to manage your <br />MLM campaign, there is still another option. This brings us to method #3. <br />Method #3: Create A Unique Team Build With Partners <br />My friend Anna Denise Wilson is an amazing example of someone who <br />has taken the principles I have outlined for you here and made them <br />work in a remarkable way! Anna Denise has recently seen some amazing <br />success in an MLM company using her unique “Give Back” method. <br />I asked Anna Denise to do a short interview for this ebook because her <br />methods are quite unique, they work well, and you could easily do them <br />yourself – no website or technical skills required! <br />Here’s the interview: <br />“Can you tell us a little bit about yourself?” <br />“I have been working online for about 2 and a half years. I have <br />lived in Florida most of my life. I’m married with two teenage boys <br />and three dogs! By day I am an Operations Manager at a large <br />insurance company.” <br />“How do you select a particular MLM company to work with?” <br />“I check to see if the owner has run other MLM’s and has a good <br />reputation; review financials if available; check for a physical <br />location, phone, fax and email address.” <br />“Where and how do you promote the companies that you join?” <br />“Primarily through forums by starting a topic giving a full <br />description of the program, pay plan, info on owners if available, <br />etc. Also advertise via paid solo ads, upgraded lists and occasionally <br />traffic exchanges if it is a new program.” <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 99 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />“Can you talk a little bit about your strategies when you are <br />participating in a forum?” <br />“Forum marketing plays a primary role in my promotions. One of <br />our team starts the topic, then we make sure to give frequent <br />updates, answer questions, share successes of members and assist <br />with problems members may have.” <br />“Can you explain some of your unique business-building ideas and <br />strategies?” <br />“I prefer to work in a team environment. Recently the programs I <br />have had the most success with involve a one time cost instead of a <br />monthly subscription. I typically require that my team members <br />reinvest 15-25% of earnings into the program to assure all <br />members earn instead of only those at the top. Part of the building <br />involves benefactoring others into the programs with some of these <br />reinvested positions, running promotions offering a few positions in <br />raffles to new sign-ups, having contests, offering free advertising <br />coop positions or full positions in the MLM, and I assist by buying <br />additional positions under other members that still need referrals <br />that are working and making an effort. I prefer a Next-In-Line type <br />team build with the choice to bring in your own referrals, or get <br />referrals in the order the new member joins the program. <br />Advertising is still typically done by the team on an individual basis, <br />but sometimes we request a minimal contribution to do some <br />advertising.” <br />“That is interesting that you require your downline members to give <br />a portion of their earnings back to the team. Do you find that <br />people actually "play by the rules?" How can you enforce this? How <br />do you think this helps you build out the program you are working <br />with?” <br />“When we require this we have found people do play by the rules, <br />or opt to get out of the team build. We cannot enforce this since we <br />have no access to their earnings. But, we do state that no more <br />members will be placed under them and we will no longer assist <br />them in any way. We all work so closely together that none want to <br />be publicly embarrassed on a forum either. We actually tend to <br />have the opposite problem now, members give back more! I am on <br />teams where we make this optional. That does not work. You get a <br />few doing all the giving.” <br />“What do you mean by a Next-In-Line system?” <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 100 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />“We place referrals under people in the order that they join. Many <br />programs require you have two personal referrals under you to <br />earn. When people want to join, we tell them the URL to sign up <br />under, if the system has an automatic forwarding system that <br />works with our team build on that program, everyone signs up <br />under the same link, and the system goes to the next person <br />needing a referral. If it is manual we send people the URL to sign <br />up under and add them to the list. In some programs we give <br />people the choice of bringing in their own referrals or using the <br />Next-In-Line system. This has brought in some big builders that <br />join under one of our URL’s but then build their own team within <br />our team.” <br />“That is a great idea to hold contests and raffles. Can you explain <br />one of the contests that you ran and what the results were in terms <br />of building out your downline in the program?” <br />“One raffle contest last week was done to give new people signing <br />up a chance for an additional position and to get our next member <br />cycled. We ran it for the time it would take us to get that particular <br />member cycled out of the program to get their earnings, in this <br />case, $8,000.00. It took us approximately one week to cycle this <br />person from the stage in the program they were at. People got <br />excited, were joining so they could have a chance of winning, and <br />enjoyed the fun posts and interest on the forum with all of us trying <br />to get this person cycled. Therefore, we get new members buying a <br />position, then they learn about us, tell their friends, bring in more <br />people, etc. When people find out they have won, there is more <br />public recognition with more interest created. We have used our <br />reinvestment positions to fund these raffles rather than keeping the <br />reinvestment position under our own name.” <br />“How do you keep the team build organized?” <br />“If the program does not have an automatic forwarding feature, we <br />do this by hand or in excel spreadsheets.” <br />“Once you have built up a team, what do you do to keep them <br />motivated and working?” <br />“Offer continuous positive reinforcement, give assistance and <br />instruction on which forums work well for us and encourage all to <br />assist in advertising and posting in forums, offer raffles and <br />contests with free positions as prizes for incentives, share the <br />successes of our members and keep everyone updated on any <br />changes to the program.” <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 101 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />“What words of advice do you have for an MLM marketer who is just <br />getting started? How can they be sure to be in the top 5% of <br />MLMers so that they can profit from MLM rather than just acquire <br />losses?” <br />“Join several online business forums, get to know the team players <br />and leaders by posting and asking questions. There are many <br />introductory ebooks that will give you the basics as regards <br />terminology internet marketers use and means of advertising <br />online. These are good to review to give you some general <br />knowledge. Most experienced marketers love to assist others that <br />show an interest. Try to join programs that work in team builds and <br />require reinvestment to assure all members earn. Set a budget and <br />stay in it.” <br />Conclusion <br />Both of my methods listed in this article, along with the method outlined <br />in the interview, have an innovative strategy in play. The commonality <br />among them is that they provide a unique system for team building, and <br />also a personal touch of guidance. Choose any one of these systems, <br />recreate it, and you will see success in MLM. Or, get to understand the <br />principles and come up with a new idea that serves the needs of MLMers. <br />Most of all, just take action, but take big action. Remember, unless you <br />are shooting to be in the top 1% of all MLMers, you would do better to <br />put your eggs in a different basket. Yes, the MLM game can pay off, and it <br />can pay off big, but only if you formulate a strategy and go for it! <br />Michael Badger is a professional website developer and performing <br />artist. He has worked in Internet marketing since 2005 with a focus on <br />developing systems that help his entire membership succeed in their own <br />marketing careers. <br />You can find out more about Michael and his projects at <br />www.michaelbadger.com. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 102 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />eBay selling <br />Written by Jim and Doris McKiel <br />Just about everyone has sold items on eBay or knows someone who has. <br />Most people sell items they have in their home or garage that are of no <br />use to them any longer or they are moving and need to clean house. <br />Earning a few extra dollars selling their usable junk is fun and doesn’t <br />take much time out of a persons day. Right? <br />What if you decided you wanted to go a step further and make selling on <br />eBay a small business venture. Could you earn enough to give up your <br />part-time job or maybe pay for the Harley Davidson motorcycle you’ve <br />had your eye on for the last year? <br />Yes, you can earn an income selling on eBay and compete with the big <br />companies. <br />How To Start <br />Knowing where to start is the first major step to embracing the concept of <br />running an eBay business. The tools you need to begin an eBay business <br />are: <br />● A computer and printer <br />● A digital camera <br />● An account with eBay and PayPal <br />● Some type of merchandise <br />Before you take that first step with your new eBay business, contact your <br />city and/or county sales tax division. Most counties and states require you <br />to file with them and obtain a sales tax number. You may need to collect <br />taxes from your eBay customers on their purchases and you may have to <br />file for sales tax collection every month. You can set up your sales page <br />on eBay showing the customer that sales tax needs to be charged and <br />collected. After an item is purchased, sales tax for that particular state <br />will be added to the total bill. There are people who don’t claim their <br />income or collect taxes on their sales from eBay. This is very careless and <br />dangerous. No one wants the IRS knocking at their door. <br />After obtaining information from the city and/or county regarding your <br />business, you have one more decision to make. Do you want a separate <br />bank account just for business expenses and income? This is a decision <br />each individual must decide for him or herself. I would suggest you open <br />a separate account so money affecting the business would not be mingled <br />with your household expense money. You will eventually need a business <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 103 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />account as your eBay sales grow and your income increases. This is a <br />concern you could discuss with a CPA or tax attorney. <br />Set Up the Ebay and PayPal Accounts <br />The first step is to register with eBay and PayPal by opening an account if <br />you don’t already have one. I can’t stress enough that you should read all <br />the rules and regulations set forth by eBay and Paypal. You need to follow <br />the guidelines to have a successful business. Both eBay and PayPal have <br />excellent tutorials on running an online business and you can find <br />unlimited information on the web regarding selling on eBay. There are <br />also classes you can take that instruct you on running an eBay business. <br />Do your homework and get the facts before making that first business <br />sale. <br />Find Merchandise To Sell <br />After setting up an account on eBay and PayPal, you need to decide what <br />you are going to sell. Selling your unwanted household items, your stock <br />will eventually be depleted and selling your ex-husbands possessions is <br />not a good idea. You need to find your niche or market. Do you have an <br />interesting hobby that could lead to sales on eBay? <br />What do you have a knowledge of that people want? Is there a need that <br />should be filled? Selling items that you are interested in or knowledgeable <br />about helps but don’t limit your sales to these items. With a little <br />research, you can become quite knowledgeable on any topic. <br />Obtaining merchandise to sell can come from many different sources. <br />Most beginning eBay business owners don’t have thousands of dollars to <br />invest in merchandise. Obviously, you need merchandise to sell to make <br />money but you need money to buy merchandise to sell. To start your <br />business from the ground up with no capital takes imagination and <br />ingenuity. <br />How about sticking $50.00 in your pocket and hitting the garage sales <br />early Saturday morning? You would be amazed at the items put out for <br />sale under $5.00. Look over the merchandise and keep in mind what will <br />be valuable for resale. <br />You don’t want to purchase large or bulky items (too expensive to ship), <br />nor would you purchase any item that was illegal to ship. <br />Remember to look at the merchandise with this in mind: 'who would want <br />to buy this item and what would they be willing to pay'? If it cost you <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 104 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />$3.00 to buy and $4.00 for shipping & handling, what is the minimum <br />profit you are willing to make? <br />Don’t forget you have eBay fees that will have to be paid for the posting <br />of this item for auction and depending upon payment type, you may have <br />PayPal fees. If making $3.00 profit is okay with you, then figure out what <br />your eBay fees are and set the selling price. Remember you are trying to <br />purchase items for quick resell to fund your business. You could <br />reasonably visit 5 or more garage sales in one morning. The earlier you <br />arrive at the garage sales, the better the selection. <br />Flea markets are another great avenue to visit for eBay merchandise. <br />Once again you need to have an idea of what is marketable and what <br />price you can place on the item. <br />One good draw of the flea market is they will probably have a large <br />quantity and may give you a discount if you buy in bulk. So if you find a <br />great item for $4.00, you could ask for a discount if you purchase 10 or <br />more. <br />Always check the quality of the item and ask yourself, “Is there a market <br />for this”. Do not think you can buy high end, name brand merchandise for <br />just pennies on the dollar. If someone at a flea market is selling Chanel <br />No. 5 for $15.00 an ounce, walk away from the dealer and do not look <br />back. He isn’t selling the real Chanel and you don’t want to do business <br />with a fraud. You never want to promote any item on eBay as a brand <br />name that isn’t genuine. Your reputation as an honest business owner is <br />at stake and there may be legal issues involved as well. Buy from honest <br />sources and remember the old adage, “If it sounds too good to be true, it <br />probably is”. <br />Stores that have “going out of business sales” are a good place to look for <br />merchandise for eBay sales. Once again you need to know what is hot on <br />the market and what price people will pay. If you find a store that <br />specializes in Christmas items going out of business in August, hurry on <br />in. Good quality Christmas cards, lights, decorations and figurines bought <br />cheaply can be resold for a nice profit. Just remember, offering people <br />good holiday merchandise at a low price before the holiday season is <br />smart business. <br />Depending on sales and promotions, you may be able to pick up some <br />real bargains at Kmart, Wal-Mart, Costco or Sam’s Club. Each of these <br />stores buys in volume and always has some price breaker offerings. <br />These price breaker items are often called loss leaders (they are sold <br />below cost) and they are used to generate sales for higher ticket items. <br />This is a common practice in most retail stores today, especially the big <br />box stores. If you spot a great deal on a loss leader, buy as many as you <br />can afford and resell for a few dollars less than the other eBay seller. <br />Once your eBay business has started making money, you can snatch up <br />good buys and sit on them until the demand rises. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 105 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Example: You are able to purchase 1000 small American Flags for $50.00 <br />during a February sale. You buy the flags and hold onto them until the 4th <br />of July and sell them for 50 cents each. You’ve made a nice profit for <br />yourself with very little work. The flags were easily stored and you only <br />tied up a small amount of money for the 5 months you held the flags. <br />Always think ahead and plan for the next big sale. <br />Buying in bulk as stated earlier can be profitable. You need to have <br />storage space for the merchandise where it will be kept clean, dust free <br />and easily accessible. Also if you buy good quality merchandise, it may be <br />stored for months or years until the demand is up for your item. If you <br />purchase 100 Christmas placemats, don’t worry if they don’t all sell this <br />year. You can always store the placemats until next year and market <br />them a little earlier than other eBayer’s market their Christmas wares. <br />Any item can be recycled for sell as long as there isn’t an expiration date. <br />There are many “Wholesale Warehouses” that sells merchandise in bulk. <br />You need to do a lot of investigation before signing up with these <br />wholesale distributors. These wholesale companies may be located in the <br />US or may be located overseas. Ask questions before signing on the <br />dotted line. You certainly don’t want 1000 coffee makers arriving every <br />other month on your door step. Know what type of merchandise you are <br />ordering and when and how it is shipped. With some of the wholesalers, <br />they keep the stock in their warehouse and direct ship it to your customer <br />(for a charge) when you make the sale. This is pretty convenient for you <br />as the business owner. Buying from wholesalers is not for the start-up <br />eBay business but you do need to keep this in mind as your sales <br />increase and you have some capital to invest in more merchandise. <br />When you are first starting out selling on eBay, the items you sell may be <br />inexpensive (you can’t afford to stock the higher ticket items) which <br />means you will have to sell more items to earn $100 a day. After a few <br />weeks in business with more capital in your pocket, you may be in a <br />position to sell more expensive items which equates to fewer sales to <br />maintain your earnings goal of $100 per day. <br />There are other ways of earning money on eBay besides selling <br />merchandise. Do you have a service that can be offered on eBay? How <br />about ghost writing (no, I am not referring to Alfred Hitchcock) or offering <br />a “How To” e-book on a subject in which you are proficient or have an <br />interest in. If you could write an e-book on an interesting topic and sell it <br />for $9.99, you would only need to sell 10 books to earn $99.90 for a day. <br />There would be no trips to the Post Office and no worry about <br />replenishing products as they sell. Material for an e-book could be <br />obtained from doing web searches on a chosen topic and then compiling <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 106 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />your information. Remember you are not re-inventing the wheel; just <br />presenting it with a new cover. <br />Another opportunity for earning money selling on eBay is selling other <br />peoples wares. This can be profitable for the experienced eBay seller. <br />Note, I said “experienced” seller. I do not suggest a beginner using this <br />method as there are many pitfalls which a newbie might encounter. If a <br />beginner thinks he wants to venture in this direction, I suggest you read, <br />“Don’t Get Burned on eBay” by Shauna Wright. <br />Okay, we’ve discussed obtaining the merchandise to sell. Now we need to <br />proceed to the next important step. How do you market your wares? <br />How to Market on eBay <br />Before you list your first item on eBay, browse through the site and look <br />at other seller’s products. Examine the pictures of the merchandise they <br />are selling and read the descriptions of the items. What do you like or <br />dislike about the seller’s listed auction? What caught your attention and <br />made you look at that particular item instead of the other 1500 items <br />that were listed in the same category? Critique other seller’s listings so <br />you can apply your new knowledge to your own auction. <br />Four rules that should be followed are: <br />● Take clear, bright pictures of the item you are selling (using a <br />tripod to ensure the pictures are in sharp focus). <br />● Write a concise description of the item that is for sale. <br />● Disclose all defects that the item has; do not try to hide any <br />imperfections. <br />● Never misinform or lie to a potential buyer. <br />Rule number 1 is pretty obvious. Have you ever scrolled down an eBay <br />page looking at some items for sale? If the seller hasn’t posted an image <br />of the item in the gallery, I don’t bother to click on the item title to see <br />what is there. If a seller can’t afford the 35 cents to post an image in the <br />gallery he is obviously not motivated to sell his wares. Likewise, have you <br />ever been interested in someone’s listed item but the picture is so blurred <br />or out of focus you can’t really see the product? Sometimes, the picture is <br />so bad, you can’t tell what they’re selling! You want to show off your item <br />to catch a prospective buyer’s attention so please take clear pictures. <br />A few months ago I was browsing through weight lifting equipment on <br />eBay. I had a weight lifting set that I planned to sell and I wanted to get <br />an idea of what people had to offer. I ran across an item that listed gym <br />equipment for sell for $20,000 with no pictures and just a brief <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 107 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />description. I noticed the seller was new (this was their first listing) and I <br />felt a little sorry for them and emailed them with some advice. I advised <br />them they needed to insert some photos of individual equipment and <br />maybe a photo of the whole gym. I explained that with them being new <br />to eBay and auctioning equipment for such a high price and no photos, no <br />one would bid on their gym equipment. I offered this advice in a friendly <br />manner and the person did email back and said there was too much <br />equipment to photograph and they just couldn’t list everything that was <br />for sale. Needless to say no one bid on the gym equipment and the seller <br />still had to pay the eBay fees for running the ad. You would think they <br />learned their lesson but a week later the same ad ran again with the <br />same results. <br />Some Important Rules to Help Your Sales <br />The first important rule and the best advice I can give a newbie eBay <br />business seller is get organized. <br />After you have purchased your merchandise for auctions, take a couple <br />hours or days and photograph each item. Then write a clear, informative <br />description of the item. Doing this ahead of time will save time and you <br />will be able to place all your merchandise up for auction whenever you <br />desire without having to get the camera out or tax your mind with <br />writing. This will become important as your business grows and your time <br />is limited. <br />Rule number 2 and 3 should be self explanatory. Let the potential buyer <br />know exactly what they are bidding on. Give them all the pertinent <br />details of the item up for auction and if you don’t know the make or <br />model year, let them know. Also, disclose any defects or blemishes the <br />item may have. Don’t try to hide a defect or scratch as this is dishonest <br />and may lead to an unhappy buyer. Treat your buyers as customers. <br />Rule number 4 should be followed in all your everyday dealings. Don’t lie <br />to anyone you’re doing business with. You want to grow your eBay <br />business and the best way to do this is by selling a good product at a <br />good price and treating people fairly. <br />Tools for EBay Sellers <br />There are many tools you can utilize to help market your wares. You can <br />find some of these tools for free on the web and others you need to <br />purchase. There are hundreds of E-books offered on the web to assist <br />beginning eBay sellers and there are classes offered at an affordable <br />price. It may benefit you to save the money you earn selling your own <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 108 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />cast-offs and take an eBay class before beginning your business venture. <br />Gaining knowledge is an asset to any quest. <br />There are even computer programs available to aid your research on <br />eBay. They can help you to determine: <br />● Whether a product will sell and for how much <br />● Ways to increase a listing´s chances of selling <br />● Ways to boost your profits on each listing <br />● Market trends for your specific product <br />● The size of the market and your specific competition <br />Get Items to the Buyer <br />After you have made the sale, you need to ship the item. One important <br />lesson is to learn how to calculate the cost of shipping for items. It will <br />not benefit your business if you charge the customer $3.00 for shipping <br />and it cost you $5.00 to ship. It is also very bad business to gouge the <br />buyer with high shipping costs. <br />You can purchase a small postal scale to weigh your items. You can <br />calculate shipping costs based on the weight of the item by using UPS, <br />FedEx or USPS web sites. For heavier items, use a bathroom scale and <br />weigh yourself and then weigh yourself holding the boxed item. The <br />difference will be the weight of the boxed item you plan to ship. <br />Having boxes, tape and packing supplies available is a plus. To save time <br />and frustration, it is best to have a shipping box ready for the item you <br />are auctioning. This way you can have the item packed and ready to <br />attach a shipping label on the box. I once sold a target, compound bow <br />that I was no longer using. The odd shape of the bow made it hard to <br />pack so I looked around for a couple of weeks until I found the right size <br />box for shipping. (I could have taken the compound bow to a UPS <br />shipping center and let them pack it for me for an outrageous charge). <br />After finding the right size box and packing up the bow, I listed the item <br />on eBay and it sold in 2 days. As you can see, it was smart to find the <br />right size box before putting it up for auction. <br />Sold items need to be mailed off as quickly as possible to the customer. <br />The more positive feedback you receive from customers the higher your <br />rating will be. The higher you’re rated, the more trust customers have in <br />you. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 109 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Dealing with Dissatisfied Customers <br />As with any business that deals with the public, you will have unhappy <br />customers. <br />Whether it is the quality of the product they bought, the time in shipping <br />transit or the price they paid, customers will complain. You need to <br />resolve the complaint as fast and efficiently as possible. It is much better <br />if you and the customer can resolve any issues by yourselves. PayPal <br />does have a Buyer Protection Plan which is suppose to protect both <br />buyers and sellers. Notice, I said “suppose” to protect sellers. It really <br />protects buyers so I suggest if you sell anything over $25.00 (or <br />whatever amount you decide you can’t afford to lose) to add shipping <br />insurance in the shipping and handling that you charge the customer. <br />That way if a customer says the parcel was lost or damaged, you can <br />recoup your money. <br />A claim of a lost item may mean you refund the customers purchase price <br />(less shipping and handling) or give them a discount on a future buy. <br />How well you resolve the complaint may pay off in sales in the future. <br />Once again, read “Don’t Get Burned on eBay” by Shauna Wright for great <br />insight on eBay selling. <br />Summary <br />In review, the steps needed for a successful eBay business are: <br />1. Read all tutorials for eBay and PayPal <br />2. Register with eBay and PayPal <br />3. Select suitable merchandise <br />4. Photograph and write up description of item to be auctioned <br />5. List the merchandise for auction <br />6. Ship auctioned item to bid winner <br />One of the biggest mistakes a newbie eBay seller makes is not reading <br />the rules and regulations for eBay and PayPal. I mentioned this at the <br />beginning of this article but want to stress its importance. To make <br />money selling you must follow certain guidelines which will protect you <br />and your earnings. <br />Setting your goal of $100 a day in eBay sales is viable. You need to <br />research your products and plan for this business to succeed. Don’t be <br />afraid of making mistakes or failing, just work hard to reach your goals. <br />When you have those first sales under your belt you will know what it <br />feels like to be a winner. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 110 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />You can earn an income from selling merchandise or services on eBay. <br />Earning $100 a day is not unreasonable and after a month or more your <br />earnings could certainly increase. <br />Happy eBaying <br />Jim and Doris McKiel live in the Chicago suburbs with their dog, Buster. <br />You can visit Jim and Doris at www.TheOnlineMarketingStrategies.com <br />or Buster's web site at www.LargeBreedFamilyDogs.com. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 111 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Trendmarketing <br />Written by Jeremy Estes <br />I’m not a well known marketer. <br />So, what do I do? <br />I make money every single day. <br />I never miss a beat. <br />Ok… how do I do it? I keep my eyes open. I follow the media. I chase <br />stories and make as much money from them as I can while they’re still <br />hot. <br />That’s what this report is about. <br />I’m going to teach you one of my methods for riding the coat-tails of the <br />media and making as much money as you can from the hottest stories in <br />the world. <br />Before we get started, I want you to know that I made DAMN sure, there <br />was no way I would lose money by telling you how to do this stuff. I’ve <br />been doing this for over a year, and have had some very profitable <br />months by simply watching and marketing to trends. <br />This short report is about making 100's of dollars through hot stories and <br />potentially 1000's of dollars per week. <br />Sound like fun to you? <br />Good. Let’s get started. <br />Part 1 – Get Prepared <br />The word trend means to change. (at least one of the definitions means <br />that) <br />If you’re going to be following trends to make money, you have to be <br />prepared for any situation, story, or event because things change every <br />minute second. If you are not prepared, you’ll be left behind, while <br />everyone else makes off with the treasure. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 112 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Sidenote: One of the easiest ways to make a lot of money by <br />following trends is to be an affiliate publisher. <br />You’ll typically find Affiliate Networks that offer pay-per-lead <br />campaigns, very beneficial for trend marketing, because these <br />campaigns require less selling on your part, and are easy to <br />implement quickly while you put together bigger offers. <br />1. Have several affiliate accounts with different networks. <br />The concept here is simple enough: If you have accounts with multiple <br />affiliate networks, you have more choices of offers to promote when the <br />time comes to actually make a choice. <br />Some networks are huge, so becoming familiar with ALL of their offers <br />can be very difficult. A good idea is to familiarize yourself with your <br />Affiliate Manager at each network. This will help you save time when a <br />hot story comes out, because instead of rifling through offers, you just <br />make a call to the AM (affiliate manager), tell him/her what you need, <br />and they find the campaign for you. <br />EASY! <br />EXAMPLE: You just found out OJ Simpson was arrested AGAIN! <br />What the Heck??!! There are thousands of people who love/hate <br />OJ. What would be a good offer for the people who like him? What <br />about the people who hate him? <br />Call, instant message, or email your affiliate manager (AM) and <br />ask. If one doesn’t know… since you were prepared, just move to <br />the next until you get the perfect offer. <br />2. Have multiple sources of news directly fed to you. <br />Since RSS came out, spotting trends or hot stories has become very easy. <br />Why? Because once a story hits the wire, everyone is trying to push the <br />info out faster than the other guy, and the easiest way to get news <br />stories out is through email and RSS. <br />Being prepared by having various RSS News feeds coming in ensures that <br />you have the latest news from multiple sources to help you target <br />different markets. <br />3. Finally, make sure you have several advertising methods in place at all <br />times. <br />If you’re going to get the word out, you need to have places to turn to for <br />immediate exposure. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 113 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Make sure you have a couple of different PPC (pay per click) accounts, <br />maybe a CPM (cost per million) advertising method, and other techniques <br />that you can use to drive curious trendy news readers to your offers. <br />For instance, I like using YSM (Yahoo Search Marketing) for cheap .10 <br />clicks campaigns that need a fast reaction from the Yahoo news hounds. <br />Don’t JUST rely on Google Adwords. You’ll leave a lot of money on the <br />table and competition will never be too far behind you. <br />Ok. STAY PREPARED. Sound advice, right? Let’s do a quick checklist <br />before we go on to start hunting our hot news stories. <br />PART 1 CHECKLIST: <br />A) Go get accounts with several affiliate networks. I’ve listed several <br />good ones below: <br />www.copeac.com <br />www.azoogleads.com <br />www.neverblueads.com <br />www.incentaclick.com <br />www.rocketprofits.com <br />www.rextopia.com <br />www.millnicmedia.com <br />www.cpaempire.com <br />B) Get RSS news feeds sent directly to you. Go to Yahoo, CNN or <br />anyone else that offers RSS news feeds, and get signed up for their <br />news. <br />C) Go get set up with multiple forms of advertising. <br />http://adwords.google.com <br />http://smallbusiness.yahoo.com/marketing <br />http://adcenter.msn.com <br />http://www.adbrite.com <br />http://www.miva.com <br />http://www.clixor.com <br />http://www.text-link-ads.com <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 114 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Part 2 – The Method <br />A. Find Your Stories. <br />I mentioned earlier that you would need to tap into RSS feeds for major <br />news outlets. This will keep you up to speed with hot news stories to take <br />advantage of early while everyone else is trying to figure out how to <br />make money from all the buzz. <br />It will be very important to use timing to your advantage as much as <br />possible. <br />My advice would be to find 5-10 of the highest traffic news related sites <br />on the Internet and plug into their feeds. <br />This will ensure that you’re always alerted of new stories as they come <br />out. <br />Here are a few just to help you out. <br />news.yahoo.com (Yahoo Featured too) <br />cnn.com (money.com) <br />msn.com (msnbc.com) <br />cnet.com <br />news.google.com <br />drudgereport.com <br />breitbart.com <br />All these are excellent, and there are hundreds more that you can get out <br />there and find. <br />The point here is to go to the top news sites, and get plugged into their <br />feeds so that you don’t have to surf for information. Ultimately you will <br />find a way to automate a lot of things, so keep that in mind while you <br />work. <br />Also, if you have television, around 3-4pm, local news stations start <br />talking about what’s going to be on the news later on that day. Great <br />source of information for you. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 115 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />B. Get Keywords From Your Story <br />While you’re investigating your hot news story, take the time to create a <br />short keyword list as you read. What I mean is: note the words or <br />phrases that are most likely to stand out to other readers, that they will <br />potentially go search for. <br />This is really easy to do. Here’s an example: <br />STORY: UGLIEST DOG OF THE YEAR CHOSEN <br />Possible Keywords: <br />1. Elwood (dog’s name) <br />2. ugly dog <br />3. ugliest dog <br />4. world’s ugliest dog <br />5. Chinese Crested (type of dog) <br />6. Karen Quigley (owner of dog) <br />7. ugly dog contest <br />If you know anything about keyword research, you’ll know that there are <br />100s of ways to expand on these words to target even more niche visitors <br />(and spend less money longer than your competition). <br />If you do not know much about keyword research and want to get (what I <br />think is) the best information on the subject, download Aaron Wall’s SEO <br />E-book. <br />It’s the only SEO book I’ll ever recommend again, and I actually wrote my <br />own some time ago, so that should tell you a lot. <br />Sidenote: Even if you don’t plan on using SEO, knowing how to do <br />keyword research is very IMPORTANT. It will save/make you so <br />much more money than being ignorant on the subject. <br />One thing I always do when finding keywords is to use a misspelling tool. <br />These things work like clockwork, because people are ALWAYS <br />misspelling things. <br />You can get a free misspelling tool here: FREE Keyword Misspelling Tool <br />There’s also the Google suggestion tool: FREE Google Suggestion Tool Link <br />These are just a couple of (free) tools I highly recommend. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 116 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />C. Find Out How Popular Your Story Is (Or Is Going To Be) <br />Once you have your stories’ keywords, there’s a very important tool <br />provided by Google that will help you gauge the popularity (or ensuing <br />popularity) of a particular story, and where the buzz is coming from. <br />Here’s a link to the Google trends tool: http://www.google.com/trends <br />Sidenote: There is a top 100 of the hottest search for stories on <br />Google, which, if you can keep up with, can make you a WHOLE lot <br />of money. <br />It’s a little gem that not everyone knows about and, even better for <br />you, almost no one knows how to make money with it. <br />If you find any of your keywords in this top 10 or top 100 lists, find <br />a killer offer and jump into the advertising phase ASAP! <br />Another very important part of this tool is the listings of news articles and <br />blog posts to show you where the buzz for your story is coming from. <br />Here are a few other places to find news buzz: <br />http://buzz.yahoo.com <br />http://50.lycos.com <br />http://adlab.msn.com <br />If it looks like there’s a growing trend in searches for your story or your <br />story’s main keywords, obviously the sooner you put yourself out there, <br />the sooner you’ll be getting the traffic. <br />We’ll revisit this in a moment, but for now, the important thing for you to <br />understand is where the buzz is coming from. <br />Another way to see what kind of social buzz is working it’s way through <br />your story is by going to www.technorati.com or www.digg.com and <br />searching some of your keywords there. <br />Depending on the size of the sites and/or blogs that are already reporting <br />on your story, these two websites will help you to determine the spike in <br />searches and the amount of traffic you can expect to show your <br />promotions to. <br />D. Create Offers For Your Story <br />Other than cashing the checks, this is my favorite part of the trend <br />marketing process. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 117 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />I told you in an earlier section to be sure you’ve got access to multiple <br />affiliate networks, and can communicate with your affiliate manager. <br />This is why: <br />If you only have accounts with 1 or 2 affiliate networks, and a red hot <br />story comes out that neither of network has an advertiser for, you’re <br />either S.O.L., or scrambling to put something together and taking away <br />from time to focus on things like writing a killer ad. <br />Plus, the longer it takes you to put an offer together, the more <br />competitors you could be up against (and the more money it could cost <br />you). <br />Now, find an advertiser who’s campaign matches your story the best and <br />get set up to promote them. <br />Recommendation: <br />If your story is moving quickly, I would go after a Pay Per Lead <br />campaign, where the advertiser will pay you for lead submissions <br />by your visitors. These are typically the quickest to set up and <br />usually convert really well. <br />EXAMPLE: Story – World’s Ugliest Dog <br />I would try to find an expensive pet product that could be given <br />away free to the reader if they fill in enough offers. (and you get <br />paid for the email or zip code submission) <br />Usually you can find these campaigns that pay 2-5 bucks per lead. <br />There are all types of promotions you can find. There are some pay-persale <br />campaigns out there that pay extremely well. <br />Once you’ve chosen your campaign(s), let’s make a landing page that will <br />speak to the people who are going to be searching for your story. <br />This is where the information from Google Trends and other tools <br />come back into play. <br />Remember when we found out where the buzz from our story was coming <br />from? <br />Well there’s gold in them thar hills. Let’s take a look: <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 118 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />If you don’t know much about Blogs or social media, the thing to <br />understand (especially as a trend marketer) is that the readers are going <br />to post their comments on the story. <br />This is what you need to be reading when creating a landing page for <br />your offer. <br />By reading the comments of blogs or news stories that allow users to post <br />feedback, you will get an idea of the questions the target audience have, <br />as well as their thoughts and opinions of the story. <br />This is PURE GOLD! <br />You can use this information to craft the offer that nobody can refuse, <br />turning your traffic into guaranteed interested parties. <br />THE HOLY GRAIL = TARGETED TRAFFIC, RIGHT? <br />So, let’s use our ugly dog for an example of how this would work: <br />Let’s say that there are tons of people that are saying the dog is not <br />really ugly, but that it’s adorable. <br />Your offer is S-I-M-P-L-E <br />All you have to do is create a landing page with a picture of the dog with <br />the headline ‘DO YOU THINK ELWOOD IS THE UGLIEST DOG? VOTE NOW <br />AND RECEIVE A $500 PETSMART (or whatever) GIFTCARD FREE!’ <br />Underneath the picture put a yes button and a no button that once <br />clicked, takes the user to your advertiser’s lead capture page. <br />BAM! Is it easy? Yes. Does it work? Well, I’ve made $300 today using this <br />exact landing page. <br />Once you have your landing page created, you’ll need to go get a domain <br />name for your website. <br />I would go to www.namecheap.com because everything seems to work <br />faster there. Get a domain name with a keyword in the name. <br />Example: www.ElwoodNotUgly.info <br />I buy .info domains for this type of promo for 2 reasons: <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 119 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />1. People searching are looking for information, and .info looks less <br />salesy. <br />2. .info domains are only $2. <br />Once you have the domain name, you can either have it redirect to your <br />site or get hosting set up and have the domain point to the site. <br />Choice is yours. <br />The fast and SMART way to do this would be to use yahoo’s web hosting <br />where you can get a free domain name and $7.77/month hosting. <br />Here’s a link to get set up: YAHOO WEB HOSTING AND FREE DOMAIN <br />Ok, now you’ve got an offer and a landing page. Let’s get some traffic <br />coming in and start making some CASH! <br />E. Drive Traffic To Your Website <br />This part is very simple. You’ll mostly use PPC (pay per click) marketing <br />for these types of promotions, until you get a buzz site working. (More on <br />this in a NOT FREE training program. haha) If the story is ‘Featured’ on <br />Yahoo, make sure to utilize Yahoo’s search. Same with MSN, AOL or <br />anywhere else, there’s a featured story attached to a search engine. <br />If the story looks like it may last a while, buying up some banner ads <br />could be useful, along with other favorite marketing techniques. <br />The best thing you can do for yourself, when buying search engine <br />advertising for your promotion, is to see if there’s already competition on <br />your keywords, and if there’s not, bid as low as possible. <br />For an hour today I was getting $.01 clicks and my EPC (earnings per <br />click) WAS $1.25 (I spent $1.25 to make $125). <br />If you’re not familiar with Pay Per Click, there’s a TON of information <br />about it online. I’m not going to try to explain it in this short report, as it <br />goes WAYYYY beyond our scope. <br />Just remember, bid low for as long as you can and put as many keywords <br />as you can into your ad campaigns. <br />Another good way to advertise is to go back to those blogs we found on <br />Google trends and Technorati and post links. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 120 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Try not to be a spammer… if you have the time, contribute a little opinion <br />or thought. <br />Soon enough you’ll have your own news site for keeping up with this kind <br />of thing. <br />PART 2 CHECKLIST: <br />● Find a hot story <br />● Get keywords from your story <br />● Research Story Buzz Sources & Popularity <br />● Create Your Offer <br />● Drive Traffic To Your Offer <br />Jeremy Estes is a 28 yr old full-time Internet marketer from Dallas, TX <br />who specializes in 'thinking outside the box'. <br />The Trend Marketing project is only a small piece of the marketing <br />program that makes up Jeremy's online business. <br />If you would like to know more about Jeremy and personalized coaching <br />openings, please visit www.JeremyEstes.com <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 121 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Writing Articles <br />Written by Dr. Mani Sivasubramanian <br />What You Will Need: <br />The ONLY things you'll need are: <br />- the skill (or a willingness to learn) to write ARTICLES <br />- an ability to put in 2 to 3 hours of work daily <br />- patience... the system takes some time to work <br />Yes, this sequence of ACTION steps will tell you exactly WHAT to do, <br />WHEN to do it, and HOW to do it for maximum impact. <br />What To Do: <br />Every day, on the Warrior Special Offer (W.S.O.) forum at <br />http://www.WarriorForum.com, someone is running an offer for a pack of <br />articles with Private Label Rights (PLR). <br />Things vary in each offer - the topic, the number and size of articles, the <br />prices - but all provide CONTENT. <br />And almost all of these WSO's sell nicely, earning the seller a great profit. <br />After a few weeks or months, many people come back to run another <br />offer for an article pack. That also sells out. And the cycle repeats. <br />Yet, the amazing thing is that by doing this same process with a unique <br />twist, you could turn a 'MONEY MAKER' into a sustainable, steadily <br />growing 'BUSINESS' <br />All it takes is an understanding of how things work, and how to leverage <br />your efforts, skills and time to get maximum benefit. <br />That's what this report will teach you... step by step. <br />Without wasting any more time - let's begin. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 122 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Step 1 – Set Targets And Goals <br />We'll begin where you should begin - and where most article writers do <br />not. <br />Your Goals. <br />The first goal is your desired income. <br />Because you are planning to make $100 a day, write this down... <br />MY MONTHLY INCOME TARGET FROM ARTICLE WRITING IS: $ 3,000 <br />The next target or goal to set is related to your effort at writing articles. <br />How much time do you have available every day to work on your article <br />writing? <br />Write it down: <br />I HAVE ________ HOURS EVERY DAY/WEEK TO WRITE ARTICLES <br />(If you are not able to commit to a daily writing schedule, calculate this <br />figure on a 'per week' basis) <br />Next, estimate how long it will take you to write an article - on any topic <br />you choose. To make sure you are being realistic, consider writing about <br />a subject you are NOT an expert on - that way, you'll factor in the time <br />you'll spend on researching the topic. <br />Once you're done, write that down too: <br />I ESTIMATE EACH ARTICLE WILL TAKE ME ________ MINUTES/HOURS <br />TO WRITE <br />Finally, let's do some math. No, I don't think you'll need your calculator <br />for this one (or maybe you do!) <br />Calculate how many articles you'll be able to write every week (or month) <br />Number of articles per week = (Time available to write per week / Time <br />to write each article) <br />So if you have 4 hours every week and can write an article in 30 minutes, <br />you can write EIGHT articles in a week. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 123 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Then, compute how many you can write in a month - just multiply this <br />figure by 4. Write down the answer. <br />I CAN WRITE _________ ARTICLES EVERY MONTH <br />Now, look at your income target that you wrote down before. Calculate <br />how much you'll have to charge for each article in order to reach your <br />target income. <br />For instance, if you can create 30 articles each month, then you'll have to <br />charge: <br />$3,000 / 30 = $100 per article <br />Are you with me so far? <br />Great. <br />Now, if this figure is too steep, then there are two solutions to make it <br />work... <br />Write more articles (which means you'll have to write faster, or spend <br />more time each month writing) <br />Sell MULTIPLE copies of each article to more than 1 client <br />If you work longer and harder, and can write 60 articles instead of 30, <br />you can charge less and reach your target. <br />Or else, you can sell your 30 articles to 10 people, each paying you $10 <br />per article, and still reach your target of $3,000 per month. <br />Ok, now before you move further along, get these calculations done and <br />written down on paper. There's a special power in writing down your goals <br />and targets - so please do this NOW before reading the next chapter. <br />MY INCOME TARGET PER MONTH IS $ 3,000.00 <br />I CAN WRITE __________ ARTICLES EACH MONTH <br />TO REACH MY INCOME TARGET, I MUST: <br />SELL MY ARTICLES AT $ _______ EACH, AND <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 124 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />NEED TO SELL THEM TO ______ PEOPLE <br />Step 2 – Pick A Niche <br />If you're a freelance article writer who can generate meaningful content <br />that's valuable in any niche, more power to you. Most people however are <br />comfortable writing about topics they either know well or like and enjoy. <br />If that's you, pick an area to 'specialize' in. <br />Remember, being a specialist is nice - you will be recognized as an <br />authority on a niche topic, and can charge higher prices and build a <br />premium position within a niche over time - building a barrier against <br />competition from other entrants. <br />One important thing to consider when picking a niche is whether there <br />are enough potential buyers of articles in the niche. Another factor is to <br />see if it is broad enough for you to grow and branch out as you establish <br />yourself in your chosen niche. <br />Some good evergreen niche markets are: <br />● Make money <br />● Health <br />● Relationships <br />● Weight loss <br />● Self improvement <br />● Travel <br />● Hobby (go deep in any one or few) <br />● Gardening <br />● Pets <br />There are many more you can come up with. Take time to think this <br />through, as this is probably the biggest decision you'll ever make <br />following this model. The rest is EASY! <br />NICHE(S) I WILL BE WRITING ARTICLES ON: <br />1. _________________________ <br />2. _________________________ <br />3. _________________________ <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 125 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Step 3 – Run A Warrior Special Offer (WSO) <br />At the Warrior Forum there's a section where you can make an exclusive <br />offer to the other members. <br />Yes, it costs $20. And that's the ONLY downside! <br />What you get in exchange for that $20 is unbelievable. <br />If you're pushing the right buttons, making the right offer, and picking <br />the right niche, you'll be FLOODED with clients for your article writing <br />services. <br />If your WSO flops, and you lose the $20, you've got a MASSIVE lesson for <br />your small investment - and you know that one of the 3 was wrong... <br />your offer, your niche or your sales copy. Knowing that will save you <br />major losses later on, and you can go back and improve your pitch or <br />change your niche completely! <br />So, is it enough to just pop up a WSO and wait? <br />Absolutely not. <br />I'm going to tell you some POWERFUL secrets for getting the biggest <br />return for your marketing dollar in making a WSO. <br />Craft a MOUTH-WATERING offer. Forget about making a profit the first <br />time. Yes, read that again. Do NOT worry about making a profit - focus <br />completely on delivering OVERWHELMING value to your new clients. <br />That's why your earlier calculation is so vital. Far too many newbies run <br />incredible offers on the WSO forum - and then reality bites, and they find <br />themselves unable to deliver on the promise. Result? Ruined reputations, <br />bad feeling and lost brand name. <br />It's harder to recover from a setback than avoiding getting into such a <br />mess in the first place. <br />So, if you know you can comfortably deliver 30 articles in a month, make <br />your offer for only 15 or 20 articles. Promise delivery in THIRTY DAYS - <br />and then delight your clients by delivering EARLIER! Think they'll be <br />ecstatic? You bet! <br />Price it at a ridiculous discount. What would you say if I offered to write a <br />500-word article for you, custom-done, unique and tailored to your needs <br />- for just $2.50 or even LESS? <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 126 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Would you think I'm INSANE? <br />Yep. And what if I then delivered a knock-out piece of writing that you <br />would regularly expect to pay $15 or more to have anyone else write for <br />you? Can you spell D-E-L-I-G-H-T-E-D client?! :) <br />Your goal is to do 2 things: <br />- get clients lining up to do business with you <br />- give them MORE than what they expected <br />Both of these help you establish two critical things - CREDIBILITY and <br />TRUST. Once you have them, the sky is your limit. Without them, you <br />won't get off the ground. <br />Which brings me to the next requirement - Samples of your writing skill. <br />Provide 1 or 2 samples of your writing. Yes, FULL articles that took you <br />time and research to write. <br />Am I crazy for telling you to give away your quality work? <br />Yes, crazy like a fox! Folks who read your excellent article may even take <br />it for their own use - but guess what else they'll do? <br />They'll REMEMBER You! <br />The next time they have work to outsource, who'll be the person they'll <br />think of giving it to? The stuck-up writer who demands $15 per article, <br />"cash upfront please, I don't like being cheated later"? Or YOU? <br />Get my point? <br />So to summarize, make your WSO irresistible, in quality, in price, in <br />every other way - but DO NOT bite off more than you can comfortably <br />chew. This last bit is vital, as you'll see in the rest of this report. <br />Step 4 – Build Client Relationships <br />Your first offer is what is called a 'loss leader'. <br />And it only makes sense if you use it to build relationships with your <br />clients - ones that you can leverage for future profit and business. <br />So here are some mandatory steps to take BEFORE you run your WSO. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 127 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />1. Establish a process to collect contact details from your clients. <br />Depending on how you plan to communicate with them, you may <br />collect name, email, address, phone number, fax or any other data <br />you'll need. Don't go overboard - tailor it to your preferred method <br />of contact. <br />2. Craft a series of messages to use in your follow up. For instance, <br />draft out a 'thank you' letter that goes out INSTANTLY when your <br />new client orders your article writing service. <br />Will that impress them? You bet. Hardly ANYONE does it, so you'll <br />stand out by being 'different'. Want to take it a step higher? Send <br />them a post card or thank you note in the post. Or call them on the <br />phone! <br />3. Offer a bonus or gift. Most people love freebies. Throwing in <br />something that adds value to their purchase, and one they didn't <br />expect, adds to the 'delight factor'. It doesn't have to be expensive <br />- just relevant and useful. <br />4. Ask for feedback and testimonials. Once you've delivered your work <br />to first-time clients, make sure you ask for feedback. Are they <br />happy with your work? Was it all they expected? What more would <br />they like to see added in the future? <br />And as you establish two-way communication, take this relationship <br />further. <br />Ask your clients for a testimonial, one that you can feature on your <br />website and marketing material to convince other new clients that your <br />work is of high quality. <br />Ask your clients for referrals - if they liked what they got from you, they'll <br />be glad to tell a friend... because it makes them look good in a friend's <br />eyes! <br />Don't give up if you don't get a response the first time. People are busy. <br />You are NOT their top priority. But by being respectfully persistent <br />(without being obnoxious, intrusive and rude), you will win over 90% of <br />your clients into a friendly relationship (yes, there will be 10% who don't <br />respond at all - don't worry about it!) <br />Step 5 – Conduct Surveys <br />You can do this at any time in the process, but it's best to wait until there <br />is some kind of trust between you and your new clients - otherwise, they <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 128 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />may consider you a pest and unsubscribe from your list or ask you to stop <br />calling! <br />So go slow. Give value. Reinforce the value. Then run surveys. <br />Ask about their business. How does your article writing help them? What <br />kind of need will they have for your article writing services in the future? <br />How often do they give out article writing contract work? What budget do <br />they have for it? <br />Also, find out how valuable your work is to them. Did they feel they got a <br />return on their first investment in your services? Can they quantify it? <br />That is, measure how much income came in directly from your article? If <br />they can, then it becomes easier to justify spending MORE money with <br />you in the future! <br />Finally, ask for the sale. <br />Don't be bashful or shy. Offer your article writing services again. Explain <br />the reasons why you ran that first WSO... to give new clients a taste of <br />your skills. Now that they are convinced you are good, would they <br />consider doing more business with you? <br />Be convincing. Show-off what makes you superior - your writing quality, <br />your commitment to detail, your extensive research, your expertise in the <br />niche (this is where you can stand-out by being a specialist), your timely <br />delivery of finished work, your proof-reading and lack of grammar and <br />spelling mistakes... everything. <br />But NEVER mention one thing.... PRICE. <br />You do NOT want to brand yourself as a low-cost provider - EVER. <br />That's the bottom-feeder mentality that can DESTROY your business <br />model before it has a chance to take off. Because whenever someone else <br />comes up with a cheaper offer, you've lost your edge. Also, with lower <br />price, you attract the WORST possible client - the price-sensitive <br />commodity shopper who values skill and quality less than discounts and <br />deals. <br />It's hard work, but the time and effort you spend on educating your <br />market will pay off rich rewards in the future business it earns you. <br />Step 6 – Generate Repeat Business <br />This may well sound like blasphemy, but it's true. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 129 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />You do NOT need huge client bases to reach your income targets. <br />Forget about wanting 200 customers or 500 or 2,000. Your income <br />targets can be met and exceeded with VERY few clients - as long as they <br />are top quality clients who are delighted to work with you, appreciate the <br />quality you offer them, and are willing to pay for your work. <br />But repeat business is NOT automatic or guaranteed. <br />You've got to be pro-active about wooing clients' business - and <br />continuing to offer high value for price. <br />So once you've got your first batch of clients, and given them great <br />value, it is VERY likely that 30% of them will become repeat buyers. <br />To go back to the example from before, if you can write 30 articles a <br />month, and ran your first WSO offering to write 15 articles and got 15 <br />new clients, then out of this group, FIVE will likely give you more article <br />writing work. <br />Offer them an exclusive set of FIVE articles this month - at a discounted <br />special 'clients-only' price that's lower than your regular rates. If your <br />WSO price was $2.50 per article, and your regular rates are $15 each, <br />you might price this special deal at $10 per article, or even $5.00 <br />The goal is to get at least 5 people to come back to you for a bigger pack <br />of articles. <br />Always be fair to your clients. Let's say you fix a rate of $10.00 per 500- <br />word article. That's cheap. You can then make it clear that you might <br />offer the same (or similar) article to a small group of others (say, a <br />MAXIMUM of 10). That's a fair deal, because your client knows there'll be <br />little competition, and still gets high quality content at low price. You get <br />paid a fair amount for your work on the article writing. <br />With 5 people ordering 5 articles each, you'll now write 25 articles over a <br />month - and earn (25 x $10) = $250 <br />That's less than your income target of $3,000 - BUT you've now got 5 <br />REPEAT buyers... and that list is worth GOLD. <br />Plus, you're going to 'Wow' them again... by giving them not 5 articles <br />each, but SIX! <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 130 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Yes, you have reserve capacity for 5 more articles (remember, you can <br />write 30 each month?) - and you give away one each to DELIGHT the <br />valued clients! <br />And you'll be monetizing those extra 5 articles as well - see the future <br />section on repurposing - so you'll get to kill 2 birds with one stone! <br />Step 7 – Gunning For Continued Business <br />Until this point, you're still in a position where you need to 'sing for your <br />supper'. In other words, you sell and you win contracts. But that's hard <br />work - and as quickly as possible, you want to move over to getting <br />steady continued income from article writing, without chasing constantly <br />after new clients. <br />So you make your REPEAT buyers a hard to resist offer. <br />If they'll commit to ordering a certain minimum number of articles every <br />month, you'll lock them in to special low rates - FOREVER. <br />Many will accept. Sell out as much of your 30 articles/month inventory as <br />possible, even at lower than full rates. For example, you could offer to do <br />them at $7 each instead of your regular rate of $10 - but only if they <br />agree to a minimum order each month. <br />Then, get permission to bill their credit card every month - <br />AUTOMATICALLY! <br />In one stroke, you moved from 'stop and start' cash flow to a 'steady <br />income stream'. <br />Step 8 – Repurpose Your Articles <br />Remember the extra 5 articles you wrote which you gave away as <br />bonuses to your REPEAT buyers at no cost. <br />Well, how about selling just ONE MORE copy of them - to your non-repeat <br />buyers? <br />At a special discount! <br />There's one little thing you should do, but it's easy. Rewrite most of the <br />article - a simple rewording is enough. After all, planning and researching <br />an article is the hardest work. Rephrasing most of the content is easy - <br />and quick. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 131 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />By giving your first-time buyers another very special deal, you'll increase <br />the chance of making them REPEAT buyers - and as I've already <br />mentioned, this list is GOLD. <br />● They buy more often. <br />● They buy higher value. <br />● They complain less. <br />● They are happier to give you referrals. <br />● They stay with you as clients for longer. <br />After all, they are buying the SECOND time only because you delivered <br />great value the first time! <br />There are many other ways you can repurpose content that you haven't <br />yet sold. <br />You can convert articles into shorter blog posts and sell them with PLR <br />rights to a different group. <br />Or compile them into a short report or ebook - and give it away to build <br />your list, or sell at an introductory low price. <br />Or you can turn the articles into a rebrandable PDF report using one of <br />many tools like ViralPDF - and then let others rebrand it for a low fee... or <br />even free, if it helps build your business and brand. <br />Or you may just keep the reserve articles in a folder, to bundle into a <br />WHOPPING big collection of themed articles - to sell in a grand gala sale, <br />later on. <br />Studying The Numbers <br />What I've presented is a VERY MODEST set of results that will not be hard <br />to meet. If you're a more marketing savvy person, and you make the <br />right offer, you could have 30 new clients in the first round (or second) - <br />and that will ramp up your results even faster. <br />But even with these modest figures, if you stick with the plan and follow <br />through, here's how your numbers will look: <br />1st W.S.O. - 15 sales - $37.50 <br />Follow up offer - 5 sales - $250 <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 132 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Monthly billed clients - $175 <br />Later W.S.O. - 30 sales - $75.00 <br />Follow up offer - 10 sales - $500 <br />Monthly billed clients - $350 <br />And because you have told clients you will be making the articles <br />available to a few other buyers (preferably after modification), you have <br />room to be creative with your marketing. <br />● You can bundle 5 articles into a 'pack' and sell it to 5 buyers <br />● You can auction off individual articles to the highest bidder <br />● You can compile a few related articles into a report, and sell it to 5 <br />buyers <br />● You can run TEN rounds of WSO's - without writing a single new <br />article! <br />And each round will bring you a new group of repeat clients. With each <br />repeat client, on average, spending $35 with you every month, you only <br />need 85 clients to hit your target of $3,000 a month. <br />This is from thinking LINEARLY. There are multiple ways to tweak these <br />figures by throwing in other options, like making it a membership <br />program, creating PLR article packs, licensing deals, customizing the <br />content for specific purposes and more. <br />But to fit the theme of this report, just by writing articles and running <br />special offers, and getting repeat sales from delighted clients, you can <br />touch the magic $100 a day level working 1 to 2 hours every day - within <br />a year. <br />Step 9 – Prepare To Explode <br />If you've done all the steps to this point correctly, you'll be creating a <br />buzz in the marketplace. People will be talking about you as the 'go to <br />guy or gal' in your specialty. You'll get unsolicited requests to write <br />articles. <br />You can run a second special offer, and get a fresh round of clients to do <br />business with you. And out of that new group, a few will become repeat <br />clients. <br />Soon, you may find yourself stretched to breaking point. <br />Don't break. Instead, get smart! <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 133 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Many infopreneurs at this point will either get greedy and raise prices, or <br />get lazy and start pushing out shoddy work, or simply close ranks and <br />turn down further business. <br />You don't have to... if you use LEVERAGE. <br />I mentioned how many writers are running WSO's for article writing <br />services. Surely some of them will be glad to partner with you?! <br />So ASK THEM. <br />Make them an irresistible deal - by giving away 70% or 80% or even <br />90% of YOUR profits to handle your overflow. <br />Remember, 100% of nothing is still NOTHING... and 10% of something is <br />more than that! <br />Of course, negotiate the best deal for yourself - but don't get stingy or <br />small-minded or you'll lose more than you save. <br />By partnering up with other quality writers, you are now taking another <br />significant step up the business ladder... <br />You're turning a 'money maker' into a 'business' - and positioning yourself <br />as a 'business owner' instead of a contracted employee. <br />Fun, right? <br />Step 10 – The Home-Run <br />You're now in an enviable position that very few smart, savvy article <br />writers ever reach. <br />From this point forward, there are multiple options available - and you <br />should consider the one best suited to your needs. <br />You can continue working your part of the business and handing over <br />extra work to your partners. <br />You can recruit more partners to handle the writing, and you can focus <br />only on client acquisition and support issues. <br />You can even move away from these bits, and find a reliable person to <br />outsource that part. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 134 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />And then, you're free to reinvest part of your profits into growing your <br />business further. <br />Develop a systematic approach to running WSO's to get new clients into <br />your article writing business 'funnel'. <br />Run paid ads or contact JV partners to fill the funnel at the widest part of <br />the mouth. <br />And then, by following the same sequence of steps that let you build your <br />first set of REPEAT BUYERS, you'll get an ever growing number of new <br />clients to keep doing business with you for longer, paying you more <br />money per article, and doing it on a monthly recurring basis, giving you <br />cash flow security and business stability. <br />You can also widen your product line by packaging your surplus articles <br />into bundles to offer with PLR to MULTIPLE buyers - so nothing goes <br />'wasted'. <br />You can sell 'semi-exclusive' or 'non-exclusive' rights to your articles, <br />letting you use them yourself to monetize in different ways. <br />You can consider licensing and syndicating deals for your articles, giving <br />you another income stream that's recurring and ongoing. <br />And there's a lot more - but that's way beyond the scope of this report. :) <br />We've come a long way since we started out with a WSO writing 25 <br />articles a month - and now have the foundation of an article writing <br />BUSINESS that could potentially become a content creating POWERHOUSE. <br />But it all begins with taking ACTION. <br />Reading this report may get you all inspired and fired-up - but it matters <br />nothing if you don't follow up with a plan and put it into action right <br />away. <br />It's not complex or tough or risky. <br />It does require some effort, though - and commitment to a goal. <br />I hope you found this short report helpful, and wish you every success as <br />an article writing business owner. <br />To your 'Bum Marketing' REVOLUTION! <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 135 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />All success <br />Dr. Mani <br />Internet infopreneur Dr.Mani Sivasubramanian has been online since <br />1996, and helped hundreds of business owners build online information <br />empires. He shares powerful tips, ideas and secrets about achieving <br />success and building massive wealth from information products in his <br />"Internet Infopreneur Tips" ezine. http://www.internetinfopreneur.com/ <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 136 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Graphics <br />Written by Michelle Brouse <br />This chapter was written to encourage and help everyday people who <br />would like to create graphics for CASH! You can begin an entire online <br />business creating graphics, or you can keep it to a couple hours per day <br />by accepting only one client or “mini-site job” per day. <br />Hello, my name is Michelle Brouse, owner of ECoverFX.com. I’m a <br />40-year-old “stay-at-home mom” of two incredible little boys. This cool <br />mom has been successfully making money by creating graphics and <br />websites for around 7 years. <br />I originally started by creating websites and graphics for local customers <br />in my area, then I began to specialize in online “mini-site” designs during <br />the past 2-3 years. It has been a wonderful – and profitable – experience <br />for me. One that has allowed me to build a “for real” online business that <br />will keep getting better over time. <br />If you have a strong background in Art, creating graphics online will be <br />very easy for you. If you can’t draw a simple stick figure, don’t worry - <br />you can still create graphics online (honest, you CAN) … even if they are <br />just YOUR OWN graphics. You will save money by not hiring designers <br />and you’ll be able to create your own graphics on YOUR schedule. Or, you <br />can take it to the next level, create graphics for others and get paid quite <br />well! But it WILL take a bit of time and practice. <br />How MUCH time and practice, right? Hmm, well now… <br />That depends on you and the type of person you are. You may be a very <br />motivated person who will turn out to be like two of my “partners in <br />design” who rapidly jumped the scales to create designs for some of the <br />biggest names on the net in less than 6 months – or you may just want <br />to work with local customers in your area. Either way, the better you get <br />at creating graphics, the more you will be able to charge – and the less <br />time it’s going to take you to make that $100.00 per day. <br />Now I’m not going to “sugar-coat” anything here – you may have a large <br />learning curve in the beginning and this is going to take some WORK. Are <br />you afraid of that 4-letter word? If you are, then creating money from <br />“electrons” over the internet may not be for you. Never mind how easy <br />they all say it will be – it might be “technically” easy – it might not take <br />every ounce of your brain power all the time, but it will be WORK. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 137 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />So how can you create graphics in a couple hours a day to earn$100.00 <br />bucks per day? <br />You CAN, but first you’re going to have to learn how. You’ll have to get <br />used to the stock houses and how to search for the right images. You will <br />need to know the legalities concerning the images you use, so that you <br />don’t get yourself or your customers in any kind of trouble with copyright <br />disputes. You’ll need to develop enough skill to put the images together <br />quickly and efficiently. You’ll need to learn how to relate to other people <br />and ask the right questions so that you can dial in the design on the first <br />couple tries. Sure beats the heck out of sweating in some factory, though, <br />I can tell you that. <br />You will also need to PRACTICE. Practice, practice, practice. Just like <br />anything else you’ve gotten good at – you’ll have to practice. Some <br />people have a natural “eye” for graphics and how they go together – <br />others have to develop that “eye.” <br />One thing that will help you build an “eye” for graphics, is to surf around <br />the internet and look at some of the graphics other designers have <br />created. Go through some of these websites to look through other <br />designer’s portfolios. You’ll begin to get a feel for how they use color, <br />shapes, text and images. Pay close attention to the design they use for <br />their own personal website too, not just their portfolios. <br />You can find a whole bunch of different designers located at: <br />http://www.minisitewars.com/. We have been “at war” to see who <br />creates the best mini-site designs, so some of the top dogs are linked <br />from this page: http://www.minisitewars.com/designers.html <br />You’ll find many great design samples by checking out everyone’s <br />portfolios. <br />Now, many of us don’t mind you creating what is called a “swipe file” <br />from our sites (and I won’t speak for everyone), but you can do it as long <br />as you don’t copy anyone’s work or misuse their graphics. That would be <br />a violation of copyright. More about creating a swipe file later, but I do <br />want you to know the best way to develop your “graphic eye” – is to find <br />other designs you really like – then keep going over every little detail – <br />asking yourself WHY you like the design. Then you’ll try to do something <br />similar yourself. <br />The current “fad” in website design right now is ebook covers, software <br />boxes, headers and one page mini site designs. By this I mean there is a <br />HUGE market for these services. If you can learn to create these types of <br />graphics, you’ll be making $100.00 per day in no time. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 138 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />What IS a “mini-site” design anyway?Glad you asked! <br />Mini site designs are simpler to create than huge “full blown” websites, <br />plus they have been proven to sell digital and other products much more <br />effectively. These “mini site graphics” consist of: <br />· Headers – images for the top of the web page <br />· Footers – images for the bottom of the web page <br />· Backgrounds – images that are used for the backgrounds of the web <br />pages <br />· Order Buttons – a graphic that has a pay link attached <br />· Software Boxes – an image that resembles a software box like the <br />box you’d get when you purchase software <br />· eBook Covers – images that look just like a regular book cover <br />· Navigation bars – may be images or text attached to or below the <br />header <br />· People Pictures – images that are cropped and cleaned up to show <br />who created a particular product, or to be used with testimonials. <br />Since there are so many new people getting on the internet each day, <br />there are many MORE people who are learning how to develop their own <br />digital products. These digital products need the images listed above to <br />help sell these digital products. That means the digital cover/mini-site <br />design market isn’t going to disappear any time soon. <br />You can always do “print” covers too. There is a large market for actual <br />book covers that are sent to a printer or fulfillment company to be printed <br />in hard copy, not just digital form. The better you are at developing print <br />graphics – the higher your fees will go. <br />Let’s Get Started By Explaining The Tools You’ll Need <br />Hate to tell you this… but first off, you will HAVE to get Adobe Photoshop <br />to do this job quickly, easily and professionally. I know there are many <br />other graphic programs out there, but Photoshop is the industry standard. <br />You can do much more with Photoshop that you can with other programs. <br />There is simply too much to list here, but if you want to create the BEST <br />graphics, you need the BEST program for the job. <br />The reason I hate to tell you that you’ll need Photoshop is because of the <br />expense. You can go to Adobe Photoshop and see that the current price is <br />around $649.00. Expensive, yes – but worth it. <br />Now… <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 139 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />You can always try “EBAY” if you would like to try finding a bargain on <br />Photoshop. I just did a brief keyword search on “Adobe Photoshop” and <br />here’s what I got: Photoshop on Ebay. <br />Now, I CAUTION you – if you decide to buy ANY software from Ebay, <br />PLEASE – READ THE AUCTION DESCRIPTION CAREFULLY. Check the <br />seller’s feedback, buy from a power seller and make sure they don’t have <br />a bunch of negative feedback within the last couple months. Buyer <br />BEWARE. But hey, Ebay is always an option - unless you have an extra <br />$650.00 laying around to spend. <br />Or, you can do the trial download from the Adobe website which lasts for <br />30 days. See if the interest and the ability is there, then buy it later. <br />Here is another important reason you will need Photoshop. <br />You can buy what they call “action scripts” to create ebook covers that <br />will cut your time and learning in half. Action scripts are little “plug-ins” <br />that work with Photoshop. What they do is convert an image that you <br />create on top of a flat guideline into a 3-D ebook cover. These things are <br />amazing and after I got used to them it took me a WHOLE lot less time to <br />create ebook covers, report covers, software boxes etc. <br />So here would be your basic breakdown “tool list” so to speak. <br />· A dobe Photoshop – try not to go earlier than version 7.0 – or you <br />may have trouble finding the right action scripts. <br />· Action Scripts – There are many different action scripts available <br />from different people. If you need action scripts, Mark Monciardini <br />has a very popular package called Cover Action Pro. <br />· A swipe file – to get your ideas flowing. <br />· Domain name – think of something catchy to call your design site <br />and buy yourself a domain name. You can go to a domain name <br />registrar such as www.godaddy.com to purchase a domain name. <br />· Hosting – you will need to create your own website for showcasing <br />the graphics that you have already created, then you can add to <br />your portfolio each time you create designs for new clients. Just do <br />a Google search for “hosting” and select a company that will meet <br />your needs. <br />· Website – try to create yourself a nice design for your own <br />website. Add in a contact page so customers can contact you with <br />questions. Add a portfolio page to showcase your talent. Add a price <br />list for your services. Explain a bit about yourself and your services <br />on the homepage of the site. <br />· A Plan. Exactly what do you wish to accomplish online with <br />graphics?Do you want to stick to $100.00 per day?Would you like to <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 140 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />create an entire graphic business?Would you like only $300.00 per <br />month?Think about what you want to accomplish before you begin. <br />Create yourself a plan to follow. Then STICK to the PLAN! <br />The ‘Swipe File’ <br />As I mentioned earlier, the best way to create a good swipe file is by <br />collecting graphics from other designers that you take a liking to. This is <br />allowable, as long as you don’t directly copy their work. In other words, <br />you’re not collecting graphics for “replication” – you are collecting <br />graphics for STUDYING and LEARNING. <br />The purpose of a swipe file is for generating your own ideas. You can <br />study how other designers use colors, text and layouts. If you look at <br />enough graphics, you’ll start to “get it”. You will begin to develop the <br />“eye” you need. You will need to learn what looks good to you and also <br />what looks good to your customers. <br />How do you create a swipe file? <br />First, create a new folder on your hard drive called “swipe file” or <br />something you’ll remember. Then go to your favorite designer’s website <br />and right click on the images you’d like to study more in depth later on. <br />Save the images to this new folder and you’ll have an instant swipe file to <br />browse through when you need ideas. Just remember to be nice with <br />other’s graphics, or you may get caught red handed breaking some rules! <br />Bubba will be right over. <br />You know – Bubba - big guy. Green. Got one eye in the center of his <br />head. <br />Hahahaha! <br />Yes I’m kidding about Bubba, but… <br />You CAN get into really big trouble for violating copyrights. Just play it <br />safe and do your best to avoid any copyright issues. <br />How Long Will It Take To Get Started? <br />About 1 day!OK, OK – maybe not ONE DAY – but how long is it going to <br />take you to buy the tools, get them installed and block off some free time <br />to learn something new and fun?That’s about how long it will take to get <br />started. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 141 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Ok then, how long will it take to earn money? <br />Like I said – that depends on you. On your priorities, how much time you <br />can spend learning, how quickly you pick up on new software. Don’t <br />worry if you’re a bit slow, so am I. It will take some people longer to <br />learn and it will take some people less time. If you already have <br />Photoshop and know how to use it – you can begin today. <br />What To Do First <br />After you get Photoshop installed, you will need to learn how to use it. <br />There are literally thousands of tutorials on how to use Photoshop and <br />thousands of books on the subject. If you do a Google search on “Adobe <br />Photoshop Tutorials” you’ll find a list like this. <br />http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&q=adobe+photoshop+tutorials&bt <br />nG=Google+Search’ <br />Mark Monciardini has some great tutorials at: <br />Mark’s Photoshop Tips <br />Mark’s 101 Totally Awesome Photoshop Tips <br />Start with some tutorials that are easy enough to teach you how to use <br />the basic Photoshop tools. Once you know how to use the tools – it will <br />become easy to create awesome graphics with the program. <br />A Few Tips On Image Houses And Their Rights: <br />Here are the main image houses most of us use. <br />● h ttp://www.istockphoto.com <br />● h ttp://www.bigstockphoto.com <br />● h ttp://www.dreamstime.com <br />● h ttp://www.sxc.hu <br />● h ttp://www.clipart.com <br />● h ttp://www.morguefile.com <br />● h ttp://www.phototricity.com <br />There are more, but those are the ones our group uses the most. Let me <br />tell you something right now. WATCH YOUR IMAGE RIGHTS. Go through <br />and read each website’s TOS and licensing agreements. I will try to break <br />it down here for you, but depending on what you want to do with a <br />particular image – the rights are rather strict. I’ve been through literally <br />tons of TOS and licensing agreements. I do have a complete report on <br />this topic that is currently located at www.minisitefx.com - but it will be <br />moved soon to it’s own domain name at: www.knowimagerights.com <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 142 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />For now, here’s the scoop as I understand it: <br />· If you want to use the image for TEMPLATES, website templates, <br />header templates, whatever… you need to go to <br />www.bigstockphoto.com, http://www.morguefile.comor <br />http://www.phototricity.com. You may not use images from the <br />other sites listed above for website templates. The only exception <br />ishttp://www.sxc.hu(as long as you get permission from the owner <br />of the photograph!) When you create graphics for other people, <br />you’ll have to ask if they will be reselling the graphics with their <br />products. Many people will want to do this, so you will have to keep <br />that in mind when you select your images for your design work. <br />· If you want to use the image for your own website, or to create a <br />one time design for ONE client – you may use any of the sites <br />above. As long as you are using the images for your OWN sites and <br />will not be reselling the designs you create (as website templates or <br />header templates) – most stock houses will allow that with no <br />problems. <br />Well, OK… you can also purchase rights from some of the other sites <br />above if you’d like to make templates with them, but you’d better be <br />making SUPER money first. Check the fees; you’ll see what I mean. I <br />think iStock and Bigstock have allowed postcards etc. for like 50 credits <br />now which is not so bad – but you are talking 50 bucks PER IMAGE. <br />Try looking through Comstock or Corbis however. Uh-huh, that’s right – <br />none of us want to pay $89.95 or better - just to use an image one time, <br />when it can’t be resold on a template, you can’t make a postcard out of it <br />– etc. If I’m paying that kind of money, I’d better be able to do what I <br />want with the image. I’d rather go pay a buck or so at the cheaper stock <br />houses, wouldn’t you? <br />What’s the difference? <br />Why are rights on images different for postcards and templates than they <br />are for book covers? <br />Well, if you are using the image on a postcard or greeting card – the <br />image is the BULK of the product – or over ½-¾ of the product, which <br />would be considered “reselling” the image in it’s entirety. That’s a no-no. <br />Same with reselling any kind of templates that include your freshly <br />purchased image – you would essentially be reselling the image. Also a <br />no-no. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 143 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />But… if you put the image on a cover, or inside a book – the image is <br />LESS than ¼- ½ of the total product. The BOOK - not the image, is the <br />“actual product, which is OK. <br />· If you want to use the image for ebook covers, or within ebooks, <br />you may use any image site listed above. This is because the <br />BOOK, not the image, is the product. <br />· If you want to use the image on a personal (non-commercial) <br />website – you may do so from any of the sites above. <br />· If you want to use the image on ONE commercial website – all the <br />sites above are OK with the exception of sxc.hu I believe. Double <br />check on the rights when you select your image. <br />· If you want to sell the image one time to one customer for one <br />ebook cover, website, etc – this is allowable by most of the sites. If <br />you use the same image for another customer or design, you will <br />need to go buy the image again. Just be sure to give the TOS a <br />quick check on each site to make sure something hasn’t changed <br />since I wrote this up. <br />Those are the rules as I understand them, but please – don’t just take my <br />word for it. Go look. Take some time to know your rights when you <br />purchase an image. Make sure you use it within those rights. Or else… <br />Was that Bubba’s big brother I heard? :-O <br />How To Get Your First Customer <br />There are a number of ways to get your first customer. I’ll explain how I <br />personally got started and it was almost an accident -- till the light bulbs <br />started going off in my head! <br />Back in April of 2005 I joined a website that literally threw me into <br />Internet Marketing. I can’t say enough about that membership site, I <br />LOVED it. This site has since been sold to another owner and <br />unfortunately it’s currently closed. <br />Before joining this membership site, I was already on a mission to create <br />ebook covers. I hung out on Ebay quite a bit. Ebay was actually where I <br />found “ebooks” and their “covers”. Then one day I came across a product <br />called Public Domain Mastermind on Ebay and bought it. If I remember <br />right, Public Domain Mastermind linked me over to one of my all time <br />favorite Membership sites –The Lost Files, which was created originally by <br />a man named Russell Brunson. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 144 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />I originally signed up for the Lost Files because of all the work they were <br />already doing with Public Domain material. I didn’t have to SCAN any <br />books – I didn’t have to TYPE any books, the Lost Files had all of that <br />covered. I received the word docs that I could edit; got the pdf I could <br />sell and the legal documentation that would protect me. I was glad I <br />didn’t have to find a good lawyer!And for the price, the deal couldn’t be <br />beat. <br />Anyhow, with my previous experience being what it was, I thought the <br />Lost Files was a fantastic idea. I joined within a week of first looking the <br />site over. On finally logging in, I found that the Lost Files had a “Forum”. <br />Oh, my GOSH!!! <br />The Lost Files Forum was the very first “forum” I’d ever seen, or been <br />involved in. It was so cool. I met some fantastic people in that forum, <br />including Russell Brunson himself. Since I was getting these cool books <br />each month – guess what?To get them sold, they needed graphics. Go <br />figure!“Wink-wink!” <br />Here’s how I actually started breaking into the internet/graphics scene: <br />First I learned how to create ebook covers for my monthly books at the <br />Lost Files starting for MYSELF first. In other words, I had planned on <br />using these books to resell online, but they had no graphics. I created my <br />OWN graphics for the ebooks, until I got quite good at it. When I finally <br />discovered action scripts, this made my graphics look much more <br />professional and shaved HOURS off my time. Instead of creating them the <br />hard way by hand… I started coming up with some REALLY nice looking <br />covers – uhg… FINALLY!!!! <br />Since I loved the Lost Files forum so much, I thought it was a perfect <br />place to get some opinions on my new covers and offer them for free to <br />the other members. Figured since I was already doing the work for <br />myself, why not share it?We all were using the same ebooks after all, <br />why not let the other members use the graphics too? I bought a domain <br />name called ECoverFX.com and posted the graphics there so the other <br />members could download them. Originally I had ebooks and other stuff <br />on the site – but converted it to a “mini-site” a bit later. I told the Lost <br />File members that they could use the covers on their own sites if they <br />chose to, no charge. <br />A couple months after I started doing this, some of my posts were getting <br />hit really hard on the “Free Ecovers”. Then one day, I think it was Richard <br />Osterude (also a Lost Files member) who emailed me and said: <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 145 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />“Hey, you should build your own little membership site and create <br />complete mini-site designs with the ecovers. Then sell them to the <br />members of the Lost Files.” <br />I thought about that for a while and realized… you know – that man is <br />right. But would that be OK with Russell?So I just asked him. I sent him <br />an email and said hey, would it be OK if I went ahead and created a <br />membership site to sell graphics for our books?Russell came back with <br />the “sure, go right ahead.” <br />What Russell actually allowed was sort of a “piggy back” site that went <br />along with his site and that was really nice of him. I was in effect using <br />his name and his Lost Files membership site to build something new <br />from. If it hadn’t been for Russell, I wouldn’t be as far as I am today – <br />that’s for sure. He’s a great guy. <br />And that’s where my first customers came from. The Lost Files Forum. <br />There was a need, I filled it – and I created graphics for the Lost Files for <br />close to two years, until the site closed down. So let it be known, that <br />FORUMS are a super place to start getting your graphics around. Give <br />some for free if you need to at first, so that people get to see what you <br />create. This also will circulate your name so that people will recognize <br />you. <br />All you need to do is look around. Do some brainstorming. Here’s some <br />more ideas on where to get your first customer: <br />● Set up an Ebay auction in their “services” area – offer your covers <br />and graphics in an auction to get started. <br />● Put an ad in your local newspaper to gain local clients for design <br />work. You can create logos, basic website designs and various other <br />graphics like flyers. <br />● Set up a website and write articles about it to gain traffic and <br />spread the word. <br />● Join forums and start meeting people! <br />● Go to the Warrior Forum at www.warriorforum.com/forum and make <br />a special offer for your services to the members there.(That’s <br />actually where a few more of my customers originally came from.) <br />You’ll find yourself getting some business pretty quick. Word will spread. <br />You’ll get a portfolio and a good name really fast if you do it right. I’m <br />willing to help the motivated and will be creating instructional courses <br />that will teach this information more in depth, but so far I’ve been too <br />busy designing! <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 146 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Forums To Join <br />Obviously forums remain my number one way to gain customers, other <br />than word of mouth. Here are my top 3 picks for the most valuable <br />forums on the internet (to me anyhow, in terms of marketing information, <br />networking and gaining customers for my design work.) <br />The Warrior Forum at www.warriorforum.com/forum <br />Willie’s Inner Circle at www.innercirclemembermichellebrouse.com <br />Conquer Your Niche at www.conqueryourniche.com/forum/ECoverFX <br />Now, listen folks. When you go register in these forums, please don’t go <br />in there acting like a fool. It is simply not tolerated at any of the above <br />forums. If you don’t follow the forum rules, you’ll be booted. Easy as that. <br />You can also do a Google search for “graphic design forums” and you’ll <br />find a large selection. See Google Search on Graphic Design Forums. <br />When you find a forum you like, here are some of the first things you do <br />when signing up: <br />● LOOK AROUND FIRST! – Don’t just hop in there, start posting all <br />over the place and try to advertise when you first walk in the door. <br />That’s just rude. Pretend you’re walking into someone’s home for <br />the first time. Normally you take a look at your surroundings first <br />and say something like “nice home!” BEFORE you start discussions. <br />Right?Treat the forums the same way. <br />● Try to keep negative comments and posts to yourself. Now granted, <br />I have added a couple negative posts in my time – but I learned <br />quickly enough that it isn’t really necessary and negativity tends to <br />turn people off (including me). The only time I get too negative is if <br />I have been ripped off by a person or product – and not just <br />“slightly”. I will tend to voice my opinion on it. Even then, the <br />members will put up with a few of those if you’re normally a <br />positive person who likes to help other forum members out. If you <br />go in with negativity, don’t expect to be well received. <br />● READ first. Go through many of the posts and “lurk” (as they call it) <br />for a while before you start posting. Get an idea of what the <br />community is like. You may not even LIKE a particular forum after <br />you read some of the posts – so don’t bother. Go find a forum you <br />will enjoy. <br />● Ask Questions and Be Helpful. If you have experience with <br />something and someone is asking for help on that topic, try to help <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 147 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />them out. Ask questions that you need help with. Let the other <br />members of the forum get to know you. <br />● One more thing, don’t attack the forum owner!Poor Russell. When I <br />was new, thank goodness he looked the other way on a few of my <br />posts. I think he knew I didn’t have a clue, because he could have <br />easily said – “Look Michelle, just stop that or you’re out!” <br />Building Your Relationships: <br />Building your relationships is one of the best things you can do for your <br />business. <br />What do I mean by that, you ask? <br />It’s quite simple. Every customer that comes through your online doors, <br />you need to treat with respect and gratitude. If your customer is not <br />happy, then by goodness, you’d better not be happy. I don’t care if you <br />get the customer from hell, you treat that person as nicely as you <br />possibly can. <br />And yes, I know there comes a point where you can be too nice and <br />there is a point where you have had all you can stand from one <br />particular customer… but please. Just be NICE. <br />If you can’t do the design job that is requested by one of your customers, <br />that doesn’t mean about 5-10 other designers online can’t do it either. <br />When you get to the point that you can no longer help a customer out, <br />then you refer them to someone who CAN. Just be nice, refund your <br />customer’s money and leave them links to your COMPETITOR’S sites – so <br />they can get their current job done. <br />Link To Your COMPETITORS? <br />Yep, that’s what I said. <br />If you know “Bling Covers” can do an ebook cover for your current <br />“unhappy” customer, then send your customer over there. The owner of <br />the other site will thank you for your referral and your “unhappy <br />customer” will appreciate your honesty. If you think of “win-win-win” all <br />the time, you won’t have a problem doing this. <br />Remember… every interaction you have with another person online can <br />make you or break you. I have found that out the hard way, so please. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 148 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Take my advice. It’s not hard to do and once you’re in the habit, you’ll <br />find that your online business will only get better. <br />How do you create these relationships? <br />Many relationships are built in forums, from your customer base and from <br />“word of mouth.”Let’s breeze through each one real quick so you have an <br />idea of how to build super relationships with others online. <br />· Forums – As soon as you select a few forums that you would enjoy <br />being a member of, keep an eye on the posts from people you think <br />are doing really well in graphic design. Some of them may have <br />their own personal forums, so if you find a couple designers you <br />really like, check to see if they have their own forum set up. Some <br />do and are available for questions from other designers. You’ll find <br />a few of them around if you look, or you can just ask your favorite <br />designer questions through email too. Find an email address from <br />their contact page, shoot them an email and ask your questions!  <br />· Your Customer Base – Don’t be surprised one day when a top <br />Internet Marketer emails you and asks you a few questions. When <br />this happens and believe me – if you do this right – it WILL <br />happen… please try your best to help them!Once you get a few big <br />guys over to your site, don’t let them run off to another designer. <br />I’ve got some funny stories about this that I’ll save for another time <br />– but I will tell you this. If you make some of the big guys happy, <br />they will tell others – which will bring… <br />· Word of Mouth. I can’t tell you how many of my customers have <br />referred me to their friends. News travels fast, so if you do a good <br />job, you’re easy to work with and you are affordable, word will <br />spread naturally. Even if word spreads through the guy who just <br />emailed to ask you a few questions, yet liked what you had to say. <br /> <br />How NOT To Get Taken Advantage Of <br />Well, I almost didn’t add this in, but I can’t help myself. You guys need to <br />know this. Trying to talk about it in the correct manner will be a bit <br />difficult – but here it goes. <br />In the past, I have done a lot of FREE WORK. There are various reasons <br />for this and I’ll try to explain why I do some of these crazy things I do. As <br />you have already read, I sent out ecovers in the Lost Files forum for free. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 149 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />On that deal, I was already doing the work for myself anyhow and I didn’t <br />mind sharing. Not everything has to make a profit. By giving out those <br />free covers, I had lots of people coming over to my site to get an ebook <br />cover or some site graphics, so it actually paid for itself many times over. <br />Plus, I made a few great friends, too. <br />I have also created many free designs for friends, customers and even <br />some top Internet marketing people. I never mind much, usually they are <br />not the “take advantage” of you type of people. Plus they like to return <br />favors. If I have the free time and one of them needs a set of graphics, <br />I’ll set them up. Then I’ll send them over with a “no charge” note. <br />But, there are a few rules that go along with this risky type of <br />relationship building. And I do like to look at it as building relationships. <br />On your end, you may need some extra graphics for your portfolio, you <br />may need a testimonial, etc. Don’t be afraid to say, “You know, I could <br />really use some help on my website. I’ll give this design to you for <br />nothing but a nice testimonial.” 9 times out of 10 your recipient will be <br />happy to write something up for you. You’ll meet many people who will <br />become online friends and you will find yourself working on a lot of fun <br />things with many cool people. This kind of “sharing” can work out great – <br />with no contracts, no hassles, etc. <br />Now, other times… the process may not work out too well, so I’m going to <br />tell you what to watch for. And how to protect yourself. Personally, I have <br />made one very bad mistake that cost me a whole lot of time, MONTHS in <br />fact and I don’t want any of you to fall for this trap. <br />There will be people out there (I don’t want to scare you) that will take <br />advantage of your very soul. You have to be careful. I’ll try to explain the <br />best way I know how - without making you change your mind about <br />working online. So here’s the story. <br />One day I had someone Private Message me in one of the forums due to a <br />book I had put together over Halloween, 2005. This guy wanted to “JV” <br />with me on my book, telling me that he could get several sales from 3 <br />websites that needed built. He would plug these into his “traffic flow” and <br />we would partner on the sites 50-50. I said, “Sure, sounds good.”I had <br />agreed to put the websites up since I already had everything done on my <br />own site and we would be using the same design on each domain name. <br />About 3 days later (more or less - can’t recall) I got a bad impression of <br />this guy, because he was starting to get “pushy”. By this I mean he was <br />in too much of a hurry and didn’t seem to understand that I had OTHER <br />PROJECTS – not just this one. So I kind of let him have it saying “Well, ya <br />know – I’ve been a bit busy and I don’t think I care for the attitude <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 150 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />here.”We went back and forth a couple times and I always TRY not to be <br />rude, but I was getting to that point. <br />Finally the guy told me all about this huge idea he had, that he was doing <br />this because he lost his kids, he was trying to get them back – and the <br />whole nine yards. Being new – I fell for it. I had not yet encountered any <br />real trouble online so far and had no reason not to give this huge project <br />a shot. It all sounded great. What ended up happening was that I did 3 <br />MONTHS of graphics, with this guy pushing me the whole time. We even <br />got into at least two arguments over me not getting my OWN work done. <br />But… the man was good. He was REALLY a GOOD CON! <br />He had very well-known marketers on his list who were helping him. He <br />had programmers, he owned over 1500 domain names, etc. He had a <br />reason for everything. He also never had any money. He partially paid <br />people, he said he would pay, he agreed to splits on profits, anything to <br />keep a few more people working. He even set up a founders group to pool <br />a bunch of online folks (high names included) – that people “bought into” <br />for 2-3 hundred bucks each. Eventually ALL of them lost their money. <br />Finally, after many months of “no longer doing free work” but remaining <br />“civil” with this guy, I had finally had it. I started catching him in lies. I <br />started to see what he was really like and this took months people. We’re <br />talking from the end of September 2005, until let’s see – around April <br />2006?A good 7 – close to 8 months it took me to figure all this out. <br />The final straw was when I ran across a “fire sale” this guy had which <br />included a product of mine, plus two others from another friend of mine <br />(Willie in fact) – yet none of these products included resell rights. This <br />man had no right to have these products in his sale. I called him on it. He <br />flat out lied to me and I busted him in writing. He told me my product <br />was not in his sale, but when I asked someone who bought it, they <br />confirmed that it was, in fact, my product.(They didn’t know, I just asked <br />for the title of the book, which they gave me.) <br />That was when I went off!I not only confronted the man straight to his <br />face, I pretty much dogged him in two forums, which I should not have <br />done – but you live and learn. I was very angry. It was the Warrior Forum <br />that saved my tail on that deal, because I asked for advice from the <br />members before I went and did anything else stupid. They quickly calmed <br />me down and got me focused back on my business. So believe me when I <br />tell you, forums are great – in more ways than one. <br />Now, what could I have done differently?How could I have saved myself <br />from all that trouble?Looking back, I had my first clue right when I felt <br />“pushed” by this guy. My gut instinct told me he was not going to be easy <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 151 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />to work with. I went against my gut anyhow, figuring well, I can help – it <br />may make a lot of money and blah, blah, blah. <br />Rule One - Never, Never, Ever ... Go Against Your GUT <br />Feelings! <br />If you feel something isn’t right – you ARE CORRECT. Don’t second guess <br />yourself, don’t question yourself – you feel that way for a reason. You are <br />nervous because something is telling you to step back and look at what <br />you are doing or what you are about to do. LISTEN to your gut. ALWAYS! <br />Even if you know the person and you know they are super – not every <br />project will be something you can work on together. It may not be the <br />right timing. So move on. Don’t get wrapped up into beating a dead <br />horse, ‘cause the horse is not going to get back up no matter how long <br />you beat it. <br />Rule Two – Watch for Tell-Tale Signs of Con Jobs. <br />One of my favorite forum folks says something like this: <br />“Whenever someone flaunts the fact that they are so great at something, <br />or they have all this money, traffic, whatever – then they turn around <br />seeking unpaid help, donations and gifts from others – there is your first <br />clue.” <br />Another thing I’ve experienced more than once is flat out calling a con a <br />con and right to their face, too. If you feel like someone is conning you, <br />say “Hey, you know what?I think you’re just trying to con me here and I <br />don’t think I’m interested.”Watch their reaction. If they freak out, get <br />mad at you, scream and yell, threaten you, name call, curse and <br />generally blow a wad – you’ve just busted them spot on. <br />Here’s another clue - “A con always needs money.” <br />Rule Three – Ask Around! <br />When I first started, I would periodically ask Russell Brunson if he knew <br />this person or that person. Russell was someone I could trust and he <br />knew a lot of people. I think I asked about 3 or 4 different folks – until I <br />started figuring out how to gauge a person online by myself. <br />One of them Russell didn’t know, one was bad news and the others were <br />fine. This helped me a great deal and gave me time to learn on my own. <br />Since I’m rather DOWN on CONS – you may feel free to email me if you <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 152 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />feel “funny” about someone – I may know them. Or at least I may be <br />able to tell you how to find out if they are “conning” you. <br />So if all else fails, ask. Ask someone you trust. Ask in the forums. Do <br />some online searches on the person’s name, website, etc – to see if you <br />can dig anything up. You’ll find out a lot this way – and will save yourself <br />a ton of trouble in the future. <br />Rule Four – Get It In Writing! <br />If you’re going to partner with someone on a project, or you’re going to <br />accept a huge design job that includes splitting profits – get a contract <br />put together. There’s another way to spot a con job. If someone flat <br />refuses to put anything in writing (other than a Non-disclosure agreement <br />or NDA), step away. An NDA is to protect nobody but the owner. It <br />doesn’t do a dang thing for you. So, no contract – no work – it’s that <br />easy. <br />Now, I do have people that I trust enough to work with. This is only <br />because we’ve worked together on enough things, helped each other out <br />enough times, we’re all pretty confident nobody is conning anyone else. <br />In a case like that, no biggie – but be sure to protect yourself legally <br />when the time comes. Not protecting yourself legally is just asking for <br />trouble. Better safe now, than sorry later. <br />Hopefully, that section will help many of you avoid getting conned. Don’t <br />be scared, just watch. Protect yourself. Learn how to read folks online. If <br />you keep an eye out, you should be fine. Ask for help if you need it. <br />Creating graphics online is very profitable and there’s room enough for all <br />of us. Don’t let yourself get discouraged from a few bad apples in the <br />bunch. Just toss ‘em out and keep on going. <br />So How Does All Of This Help You Create $100.00 Per Day <br />Doing Graphics? <br />● You need the right tools. <br />● You need to learn how to USE the right tools. <br />● You will need to build relationships to gain customers. <br />● You will need to practice your skills, showcase your talents and put <br />yourself out there to get just ONE $100.00 graphic job per day. <br />● Wasting time with people who will con you will NOT get you paid. <br />I could have made this chapter completely technical, but you can learn all <br />of that from tutorials. This is real world business we’re talking about. Not <br />how to crop an image in Photoshop (although that’s a big part of it.)If you <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 153 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />really want to make $100.00 per day online with graphics, you’ll have to <br />put in the initial work to get you there. Before you know it, you’ll have no <br />problem gaining one job per day, sometimes more. Just schedule each <br />person as they come in and try to get that ONE job done per day. If you <br />get three orders one day and none the next two days… that’s OK. Just do <br />your one job per day spread over those three days. Put your customers in <br />the order they came in and let them know how many days it will take you <br />to get to them.(You can charge more for RUSH orders by the way.)  <br />Summary <br />To summarize this chapter, here’s what you should think about if you <br />decide to go the graphic route to create your $100.00 per day: <br />· Create a plan!Know where you want to go before you start! <br />· Build your website first. Look through all the reference sites listed <br />in this chapter for ideas on how to create your own website. <br />· Always watch your image rights. <br />· Build your relationships every chance you get. <br />· Learn Adobe Photoshop and practice your graphic skills. <br />· Build a portfolio for your site and uh… UPDATE it!  <br />· Join in some forums and meet people. <br />· Be careful when dealing with others online, don’t be scared, don’t <br />freak out, just watch out for signs of con jobs. <br />· Protect yourself. Get partnerships put in writing. Seek legal and <br />financial advice from the appropriate professionals. <br />· Above all – Have FUN!Enjoy yourself. If you want to create a full <br />time online business so you don’t have to work for anyone else ever <br />again – you can do it with graphics, or you can just stick to that one <br />$100.00 job per day! <br />Also, I just noticed that I didn’t cover this anywhere else. This one thing <br />alone will bring you more customers and graphic jobs. If it’s fine with <br />your customer, always LEAVE YOUR SIGNATURE in your footers when you <br />create mini-site designs. This will enable people that like your design to <br />find your website. I quit doing this a while back. Well – sometimes I do, <br />sometimes I don’t. Certain customers don’t care for this, others will <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 154 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />actually tell you to add your signature on the footer. When you first start <br />out though, you should try to do this all the time. You’ll get a lot of <br />business that way. <br />Good Luck with your online adventures and if you need help in the <br />graphic area – you can always contact me in Willie’s Inner Circle! <br />Thanks! <br />Michelle Brouse <br />www.ecoverfx.com <br />www.graphicfreebie.com <br />www.michellebrouse.com <br />Thanks! <br />Michelle Brouse <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 155 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Infoproduct creation <br />Written by Micheal Savoie <br />One of the best money-making methods for any online marketer is <br />creating an information product. Information products (infoproducts) can <br />build a marketer's credibility while helping them make additional income <br />and build an opt-in list of customers or subscribers. To build an opt-in <br />list, the marketer can either give the infoproduct away in exchange for a <br />subscription to their newsletter or have a customer register their <br />infoproduct after a purchase. Opinions differ on whether it is more <br />profitable to build a large list of subscribers or a smaller list of buyers, <br />but in either case, you are adding new people to your marketing funnel. <br />Marketers with a current list of subscribers can keep adding to their <br />income by coming out with new products to sell their current customers. <br />How Do I Create My Infoproduct? <br />When starting your infoproduct, you need to decide on the market for <br />your product. A niche is a segment of a market that is very specialized. <br />For example, salt water aquariums is a broad market, while salt water <br />fish food is a niche within the salt water aquarium market. Some <br />marketers will claim the entire salt water aquarium market as their niche, <br />so this is not an exact science. For beginners, it is recommended you <br />start in a narrower niche and spread out as you become better known in <br />the market. <br />Deciding on your market is important. Firstly, you should choose a <br />market that you have a strong interest or passion about. The reason for <br />this is that you will have to do a lot research on the topic and if you <br />choose a market that you are bored with, your products will not be <br />interesting to you and more importantly your customers. When you are <br />excited about a topic, your excitement will translate into your products. A <br />good example is people who are fans of a rock band. When they write <br />about their their favorite band's latest concert, their description will be <br />more vivid. These fans can add little known facts that people who are not <br />followers of the band would know. <br />Of course, just because you like a topic, it does not mean that people <br />spend money in that market. That is why the second step is to research <br />the market for products in that market. If you do a Google search for the <br />specific topic you are interested in, you should find a good number of <br />products already in that market for it to be something you should pursue. <br />If you find 5 or more products for a given topic, then that topic can be <br />pursued, but you still have a little more research to do. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 156 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Using keyword research tools, you can find out if people are searching for <br />the topic, and also if someone is purchasing advertising for the topic. If <br />the topic is generating a lot of searches (over 10,000 searches per <br />month) and people are paying over $1 per click for the main keywords in <br />that niche, then it is a great prospective niche for you to develop. <br />Dare To Compare <br />Once you have decided on your niche, it is time to decide on what you <br />are going to offer your market. When deciding on your product, you <br />should compare many of the current products that are on the market. In <br />this research phase you will need to do one or more of the following: <br />● You can buy the products <br />● Read reviews of these products <br />● List the benefits from the sales page for each product <br />Your goal here is to make a list of the features/benefits of these products <br />and identify areas that you feel are lacking. Finding a problem that <br />people need solved is more powerful than just informing people about a <br />subject, so you should be searching for the pain in the market. Listen to <br />people from the market you are pursuing by reading the forums or <br />surveying people. <br />Big Payoff Research Tip: <br />Using Google Adwords to get surveys to prospective customers is a <br />great way to get the answers you need for your market research, <br />but it can get expensive. Google Adwords is a Pay Per Click (PPC) <br />service that Google offers advertisers. People pay for each click on <br />keywords that their ads are displayed. <br />This can be very effective, because you are finding people who are <br />interested in the niche you are selling to, but it can also be rather <br />expensive. A way to get around this is to have your respondents fill <br />out your survey and afterwards send them to an affiliate link for <br />one of the products that you found in the niche that you are <br />targeting. You can also add one more step to this and collect the <br />name and email address of the survey respondents using an opt-in <br />form (also known as a squeeze page) where the person is added to <br />your mailing list and can be alerted when you have more <br />information for them in that niche. <br />By selling an affiliate product to survey respondents, you are <br />getting paid for your research and finding out if your market is a <br />good choice. Since people tend to buy more than one product in a <br />niche that they are interested in, you now have a great way to tell <br />if your niche will be profitable. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 157 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Just Ask Them <br />Using surveys to research your niche to find out the pain in your market <br />will cut your development time significantly. You should ask a few <br />preliminary yes or no questions to establish their interest level then <br />proceed to multiple choice and open ended questions. Keep the survey <br />short, unless you are promising something at the end of the survey, to <br />avoid survey abandonment. With the amount of things fighting to grab <br />the attention of your prospects, you want to take as little of their time as <br />possible to ensure you get your data. <br />You want to learn your market's hopes, dreams, doubts and fears. Once <br />you learn this information, your sales page is already written for you. <br />Look at the successful product launches of the recent months, heck, as <br />far back as last year we saw the launch of Adwords Miracle and then <br />Affiliate Project X. Both of these products were created by the author from <br />his experience, but he found the pain in the marketplace and he tailored <br />his sales page to be the rescue for that pain. <br />Repurposing And Recycling <br />With product creation, you are going to find that you are reusing the <br />same content in different ways for different products. Articles get <br />compiled into collections and then edited into ebooks. An ebook can be <br />converted into a physical book. Read the book out loud and you now have <br />an audio. Record that audio onto a CD and you have a physical audio <br />product. Add a PowerPoint presentation and you have a live conference, <br />unless you are doing it over the web, in which case you are having a <br />webinar. Videotape the conference and save it to the web as a web-based <br />video product. You can also make the videos downloadable so that the <br />end user has to play them on his or her PC. A DVD is just a video on a <br />physical disk, and if you take the physical versions of each of the above <br />products, you can create a home study course. You have created a set of <br />products from every level of the marketing funnel by leveraging the same <br />content. <br />The quality of the content is the major difference between a $7 product <br />and a $997 product. The more specific and actionable the information, <br />the more valuable it is to the end user and the price can be higher. Keep <br />in mind that while you are creating a product, your backend product <br />should be already planned. Your goal in creating a product is to prepare <br />the buyer for the backend product. If you are already doing this, you are <br />miles ahead of the competition. <br />Let me give you an example. I wrote a special report that I was planning <br />to sell for $7 and I had the plan to sell the resell rights to the report as a <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 158 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />backend sale. The backend is the ability for a person to resell the <br />document, but I arranged the terms to force the buyer to sell the resell <br />rights through my affiliate program, so everyone who buys my backend is <br />an affiliate for my backend, thereby increasing the number of buyers of <br />the higher end product that are signing up for my opt-in list. <br />Funneling Your Profits <br />Of course when you are doing products, one backend is only the frontend <br />for the next backend. Your marketing funnel should be taking you <br />through frontend to the next frontend to the next frontend until you end <br />up at your $10,000 coaching program. <br />So you are on a tight budget. You are also trying to get profitable <br />immediately to be able to work on that next backend. That is when you <br />tailor your products to be good frontends to affiliate products to keep a <br />good cashflow going. That way you can keep yourself funded to get your <br />next product developed, since you are still planning your marketing <br />funnel for your niche. In a perfect world, when you get to this point, you <br />are starting to keep enough money from your sales to start outsourcing <br />your product creation, which increases the time that you have available <br />to come up with good material to make an even better product for your <br />followup. <br />Leave The Work For Someone Else <br />Some of my marketing friends have never created their own product. <br />They started with enough money to invest in their outsourcing and were <br />able to fund their own business rather quickly by doing more planning <br />and testing while developing the actual products through their outsourced <br />labor. I won't go into much more detail than that, because it is outside <br />the scope of this ebook to get into outsourcing, but that should be your <br />goal from the beginning - to fund your business quickly and start <br />outsourcing the tedious and time-consuming tasks as soon as it is in your <br />budget to do so. <br />Talking Your Way To Financial Freedom <br />The fastest way to get yourself started is to get a free teleconference line <br />with recording capabilities and line up some people who are known <br />experts in your niche for you to interview. If you already know them, <br />simply calling them or emailing them is the first step. If you don't know <br />them, you can often reach them through the “contact us” form on their <br />website or their help desk. If someone is really out of reach, you may <br />have to find someone who knows them to give you a referral. In any <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 159 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />case, you are going to look for at least 10 people in that field, so that you <br />can build up your own credibility in that niche. <br />Set up your questions ahead of time by researching each person and <br />finding out something about their history in that niche and what your <br />customers are going to want to know. I always email a list of topics that I <br />want to cover with my prospective victims (I mean guests). I don't really <br />give exact questions unless the guest asks for them. Write an <br />introduction and practice reading it a couple of times to get a feel for it so <br />that you don't stumble over words. If a particular phrase is troublesome, <br />reword it until you can say it without the stumbling. <br />In a good interview or teleseminar, you can talk a little with the guest to <br />set them at ease and build a good rapport with them before launching <br />into your questions. Make sure you take notes as they answer your <br />questions, because you can often see an area for further questioning if <br />you write it down. NOTE: you want to make sure you have started the <br />recording process before you go into your introduction. <br />Listen, Adjust And Ask <br />Depending on your guest, you may have to prod them for longer answers, <br />or they will take the ball and run with it. One person who is a pleasure to <br />interview is Matthew Glanfield, because he will take your question and <br />give you a 10 to 15 minute answer filled with amazing content. Others <br />will answer the same question in 2 minutes, which makes you have to <br />work harder to squeeze more content out of them. Just listen for cues <br />from the guest as to what you might have to ask them to get them to <br />open up more. <br />Be careful with your questions, though, because you can really turn off a <br />guest if you are making commentary in your questions, or if you heap too <br />much into one question. Avoid double barreled questions that ask for <br />more than one answer. It is better to have two questions than one <br />question that overwhelms the guest and makes them stop giving you <br />great information. <br />A lot of the interviews we see on television are the extreme cases where <br />they are trying to be sensationalistic just to get eyeballs on their station. <br />In most cases, you are not trying to do that, you are trying to get people <br />to buy from you again and again. You want to provide so much <br />information from that interview that there is no doubt in your customer's <br />mind that you are a great product creator. <br />If you are an affiliate of a product that the guest is selling, it is a good <br />idea to have a redirect link already set up on a domain that is similar to <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 160 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />the guest's site. Say you are interviewing someone from safekids.com <br />(just made it up) your affiliate link could be mysafekids.com and your <br />domain would redirect to the affiliate link to their product. <br />Closing The Interview And Opening The Customer's <br />Wallet <br />Once you have reached the end of the interview, you want to make it <br />worth the guest's time by letting them talk a couple of minutes about <br />their own product, since they are taking their time to do this interview for <br />you. You can ask them about what they are currently doing right now or <br />you can mention their product yourself. Then you tell the audience that if <br />they are interested in finding out more about the guest's product, they <br />should head on over to mysafekids.com and get more info. You can also <br />share that URL with the guest so that they can use it as they are telling <br />people about their product. <br />After the interview, you will have a recording that you are going to <br />download from your conference site. You now possess a product that you <br />can sell. I recommend getting the audio transcribed into a pdf format, so <br />that you can offer more value to your customers who may not have the <br />ability to listen to an interview in one sitting, or they like to take notes as <br />they listen to the audio and the transcript is a great way to have them <br />follow along. In some cases the transcript can be an upsell. <br />Special Delivery <br />Shifting gears, because I am going a little long, let's move to the delivery <br />process. The actual mechanics of the product creation is left to you to <br />research, because we are first and foremost here to tell you how to make <br />the money. Lots of software products exist to make the actual creation of <br />the audio files, videos or ebooks ready for delivery. In my upcoming <br />membership site I will be offering more details about this, but lets <br />assume you can find someone who can record your audio for you. <br />In fact, for my first product, an ebook that contained audio interviews, I <br />actually had Matthew Glanfield record our interview and he sent me the <br />audio file as soon as his teleconference line had finished converting it into <br />an mp3. At this point, instead of adding the audio to my ebook, let's say I <br />was going to sell my interview with Matthew Glanfield. I first need to <br />decide on the delivery method, and I am all for simplicity, so I choose <br />digital download. So I FTP the mp3 file to my server, and copy the link <br />location (I like to use NoteTab Light for all of my cutting and pasting but <br />you can use whatever you like) so that I can use it on the download page <br />later. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 161 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Pages? We Don't Need No Stinking Pages! (Yes We Do!) <br />Depending on your product, you need 3 (or 4) pages for your product: <br />1. Sales Page - where you convince a prospect to part with their <br />money in exchange for the product you are offering them. <br />2. Thank You Page - Where the buyer is returned after making the <br />purchase. I typically use an opt-in form at this point to get the <br />customer's email address. I usually call it registering the product. <br />3. The download page is the last page your customer will get sent to, <br />and the link to this one should be emailed to the customer <br />immediately following the submission of their email address. <br />4. Optional - I actually include one more thank you page that follows <br />the registration. This one will tell the customer that they must <br />whitelist your email address in order to receive the download link <br />(TIP: use a graphic of your email address on this page, not the <br />actual text of the email address. Spam bots are notorious for <br />finding email addresses on webpages. They are faster at indexing <br />new content than Google.) so that your email does not end up in <br />their Spam or Junk folder. I also instruct people to manually <br />approve my email address in their Spamarrest or BlueBottle <br />accounts that challenge all emails that reach them. <br />Selling Is Telling <br />Your sales page should make you out to be an authority on the topic you <br />are presenting, it should point out the problem that your prospects are <br />facing, then explain how your product will solve that problem. You should <br />include testimonials from previous customers (difficult when you have a <br />new product, but you can get beta testers from a forum to use your <br />product and give you feedback) to support your claim of your product's <br />ability to solve the problem you are targeting in the sales letter. <br />It is important that you make a sales page grab your reader's attention. If <br />your headline catches your prospect's eye, they are more likely to read <br />the first paragraph, which should begin to qualify the prospect by <br />reaching for their emotions and letting them feel the pain of the problem <br />that you are there to solve. <br />You always want to include bullet points that list the benefits of your <br />product in a way that shows the prospect how your product is solving the <br />problem. Your bullet points can point out features along with an <br />explanation of how it solves an aspect of the problem. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 162 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Usually you would include your testimonials after these points and then <br />conclude your sales page with a strong call to action. You can sweeten <br />the deal with bonuses, but if your product is a high value and you have <br />done your job on the sales page, you are not required to offer bonuses. <br />Most sales letters end with a PS that restates your offer in a short <br />paragraph to catch the people who skim to the bottom of the sales page <br />and let them see what you are offering. Once your prospect has made the <br />decision to purchase, all they should have to do is click the Buy Now <br />button and be taken to the payment processor. If you use a payment <br />processor that requires a form to be filled out, it is crucial that you place <br />your offer in front of the prospect again. Many shopping carts get <br />abandoned when people see the forms that they need to fill out mainly <br />because they no longer see the value of filling out the form and giving <br />you their credit card info. <br />Thank You Thank You Thank You <br />Your thank you page is the page that fulfills your payment processor's <br />requirement of explaining how the payment processor's charge is going to <br />appear on the customer's billing statement and then it explains how you <br />are going to deliver the product. Your prime objective on this page is to <br />get the member to fill out one more form with their email address and <br />name for your autoresponder. If you make your opt-in form open into <br />another window, you can then include some bonus offers, upsells or cross <br />sells on this page as well. <br />Confirm, Please <br />The confirmation page is where I let the customer know that they have <br />just been sent an email for them to confirm their subscription to my <br />newsletter or autoresponder series. I also tell them that they will need to <br />whitelist my email address (using a picture of my email address and <br />never the actual email address in text) or manually override their spam <br />filters and spamarrest program in order to receive their download <br />information. I also include my helpdesk link in case the email gets eaten <br />by a filter anyway. <br />This page is also a page to include bonuses or upsells and cross sells. <br />Monetize all of your pages. Just make sure it looks professional and not a <br />bunch of banners and chaos. You will find that you can pull in quite a few <br />additional sales from one sale of your product. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 163 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />The Final Page <br />The download page is your best page. Your customer is going to get what <br />they paid for, and they are going to be at their happiest here, especially if <br />you have overdelivered on the quality of your product. If you have <br />partnered with other marketers, you can include bonuses from your <br />partners that the partner created just to go along with this product. The <br />customer gets the bonuses for subscribing to the partner's newsletter. If <br />you work it out right, the partner can have a One Time Offer (OTO) after <br />the customer has subscribed for another product that you could get <br />commissions on without having to do any additional work. Just make sure <br />you tell your partners up front that you would like to have them create an <br />affiliate link for you. <br />Make sure the product that they are giving as a bonus is of decent value, <br />or this could backfire, as your customers will feel like they fell for a cheap <br />ploy. You also want to make sure that the bonus adds to your product's <br />value by tying into your product or bridging the gap between your <br />product and the one your partners are offering on the OTO. With a <br />download page full of bonuses, your customer will be elated, giving you <br />that extra bit of goodwill that helps in future sales. <br />In Closing <br />This chapter is a whirlwind tour of the product development process. I <br />covered a lot of ground in a short period of time. Each section of this <br />chapter could be (actually they are) complete courses on their own. I just <br />condensed it to the important things you should do to guarantee that <br />your product will generate you the cashflow that you require. <br />It is important for you to remember that to generate a consistent $100 <br />per day income, you should be developing a complete marketing funnel <br />with products at all levels of the pricing structure and have many entry <br />points to keep new people coming into your funnel consistently and <br />having a good follow-up autoresponder in place to keep your customers <br />moving toward a bigger price point. The most important thing I can tell <br />you is not to worry about whether it is perfect or not, just get the first <br />product done and then you can worry about perfection on your future <br />projects. The more you do this, the better you will become at it. <br />Micheal Savoie is the author of Resolve to Succeed and 10 Minute Opt-in <br />Success and the creator of Extreme Product Explosion. He lives in Beverly <br />Hills, Florida with his wife and three daughters. You can find out more <br />about Micheal and product creation from his blog at <br />http://productinaweekend.com <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 164 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Internet Based Greeting Card System <br />By Jack Bastide <br />Hello, my name is Jack Bastide. <br />This book is a product of The Internet Marketing Inner <br />Circle. There are a lot of very high caliber people <br />participating and I feel honored to be a part of it. There are <br />many different money making techniques here so pick one <br />and do it! <br />What separates this book from a lot of the other “Make Money” books is <br />very simple. These methods are all battled and tested. In order to <br />participate in the book, the authors have to be making at least $100 a <br />day online, doing exactly what they are talking about. You won’t find any <br />theory or regurgitated information here. <br />During a 6 month period from April – August of last year, I was able to <br />pull myself out of a dreadful financial situation and develop a full time <br />income from home in less than 6 months. It all started when I was laid <br />off from my 6 figure corporate job in NYC. When I couldn’t find a job, we <br />were forced to sell our two houses in NYC and move to Florida. <br />At first, things were OK. We bought a beautiful house on a lake about 10 <br />minutes from Disney. I tried several businesses but nothing seemed to <br />work for me. Then I decided to start investing in Real Estate. Big <br />Mistake! I nearly lost everything. <br />Back in April of last year, I finally got rid of my last property and started <br />marketing an Internet Based Greeting Card Service. By August (less <br />than 6 months later) I was making a full time income from home. The <br />whole story is beyond the scope of this book, but you can read more <br />about it in a book I wrote, called The Six Month Miracle. <br />The information I am going to share with you is not theory. It’s what I do <br />to make a full time income from home, marketing this greeting card <br />service. While I make a lot more than $100 a day working this business, I <br />am going to show you a simple way to make at least $100 a day <br />marketing this service. <br />Before we go any further, I need you to fully understand what the product <br />is. After all how can you sell a product if you don’t know what it is? <br />So let’s gets started … <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 165 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />The Greeting Card System <br />Behind every great business, there is a great product or service and this <br />is no exception. The Product is a System that allows you to send Real <br />Physical Greeting Cards from the Internet for under $1. <br />These are not “E CARDS” ... these are Real Greeting Cards that arrive by <br />First Class mail with an envelope and a stamp, yet they are sent from the <br />Internet. The system is absolutely amazing! <br />You can upload your photo into the card, create custom cards with your <br />logo, schedule cards to go out in advance, send hundreds of cards at the <br />click of a mouse … and more! <br />It’s a great tool for Realtors, Mortgage Brokers, Insurance Agents, Auto <br />Dealers, Attorneys, Small Business Owners, Restaurants, CPA’s, <br />Employment Agencies, Plumbers, Dentists, Chiropractors, Salespeople, Ad <br />Agencies, Network Marketers, Hair Stylists, Teachers, Printers, Financial <br />Advisors, etc. <br />And Most Importantly … These Are Not E CARDS. <br />Here are some sample cards along with some envelopes, to give you an <br />idea of what the product looks like. These cards were sent from the <br />Internet and arrived by first class mail with an envelope and a stamp. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 166 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Some Features of The Greeting Card System <br />1. Photo Uploads - You can upload Photos “on-the-fly” and they will <br />print inside the card. For example, let’s say a Realtor sells a house. <br />He can take a picture of the couple in front of their house and send <br />them a card! <br />2. Insert Gift Cards – You can insert Gift Cards into the Greeting <br />Cards. The company has relationships with a growing number of <br />Merchants such as Wal-Mart, Starbucks, Old Navy, Home Depot etc <br />3. Mail Merge Capability - Want to send out all your Christmas Cards <br />at once? You can set up one card and it will be sent to all your <br />contacts (or a subset of them) at once, with the click of a mouse! <br />4. Custom Cards – Want a Custom Designed Card with your Logo (or <br />anything else) on it? With our team of graphic artists, it’s a snap! <br />With the “Picture Plus” technology, you can even design custom <br />cards “on-the-fly”. Take digital pictures and turn them into greeting <br />cards in real time! <br />5. Use Your Own Handwriting - You can scan your own handwriting <br />and signature and send cards in your handwriting! <br />6. Extremely Economical and Simple To Use - A 5 year old can use this <br />System to send high quality personalized greeting cards for under <br />$1! <br />7. Schedule Campaigns – You can schedule a multi-card campaign to <br />go out for years in advance. It’s like an auto-responder that mails <br />greeting cards! <br />8. Upload Contacts - You can upload all your contacts from Excel, <br />Access, or Act and send them cards in 5 minutes! <br />So How Does The System Work <br />Well it’s quite simple actually … <br />1. Go to the website and log in <br />2. Go to the Card Catalog and choose a card <br />3. Type in your message <br />4. Type in the address where you want the card to go <br />5. Click “Send Card” - The card will arrive within a few days via postal <br />mail in an envelope with a First Class stamp! <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 167 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />So Who Can Use This Service <br />● Realtors – Take a picture of people in front of their new home and <br />send a “Congratulations on Your New Home” card. Insert a Gift Card <br />from Home Depot, Starbucks, or Bed Bath and Beyond as a <br />housewarming gift! <br />● Auto Dealers – Take a picture of potential customers sitting in the <br />car they just test drove. Send them a “Thank you for the test drive” <br />card. Remember they are probably visiting many dealerships and <br />this will make you stand out. <br />● Network Marketers – Make a custom card with your picture <br />and/or a picture of your products and send it to prospects. <br />● Attorneys – Send out your entire Christmas card list in minutes at <br />the click of a mouse! I know an attorney who sends birthday cards <br />to the children of his clients. The parents love him and send many <br />referrals his way. <br />● Dentists/Chiropractors – Send out appointment reminders. <br />(Don’t forget to ask for referrals!) <br />● Mortgage Brokers, Sales People, Small Business Owners etc. <br />Anybody who had any kind of clients or customers that they need to <br />keep in touch with, can use this service. <br />Bonus Tip - # 1 - Build Relationships <br />A couple of years ago, I was trying to get in touch with a well <br />known Internet marketer. I was on his email list so I tried emailing <br />him several times without any response. I looked at the bottom of <br />his email and found his address. <br />I sent him a greeting card using this system. About 4 days later I <br />got an email from him thanking me for the card and inviting me to <br />call him. I gave him a call and we have been friends ever since! <br />Want to build a relationship with a top marketer? Send them a <br />greeting card! <br />How Do I Make Money With The Greeting Card System <br />There are three ways to make money with this business. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 168 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />1. Open Retail Accounts – The Retail price of a card is 98 cents, which <br />is a great deal for your customers. Your cost is 62 cents. You make <br />36 cents every time one of your retail customers sends a card ... <br />FOREVER. You never touch the cards. You simply help them set up <br />their account. You get paid month after month, year after year as <br />long as they use their account. <br />2. Sell Wholesale Licenses – A Wholesale license costs $298 and this <br />gets the customer 100 Cards to start with as well as the right to <br />buy at wholesale. It also allows them to create their handwriting <br />fonts and signatures, as well as Picture Plus. You make $120 every <br />time you sell a Wholesale License, plus a percentage on every <br />single card they send ... For Life. <br />3. Building a Sales Team - You have the ability to recruit and train <br />other people to market the product. You get an override on all sales <br />your team members make, as well as all their customers ... forever. <br />Personally, I focus on building a team, because the leverage is incredible. <br />Last month I had a guy on my team go out and get an account for over <br />$5,000 worth of cards. He did the work and made a nice profit … but <br />because he is on my sales team I got a nice percentage of that as well. <br />Bonus Tip - # 2 – Running a Service Bureau <br />The main ways to make money with this are pretty much hands off, <br />from a standpoint of doing any work to help your customers. After <br />you set them up in the system they send their own cards <br />themselves and you get paid when they do. <br />However, a few people on my team have come up with an <br />interesting idea to increase their income. They will have their <br />customers give them an Excel spreadsheet with all of their contacts. <br />They upload the contacts, send out all the cards automatically and <br />charge a service fee to do so. <br />You can easily make $100 a day just doing this! <br />How Do I Market The Greeting Card System? <br />There are tons of ways to market this system. Here are some of the <br />things I have done … <br />1. Warm Market – These are the people you know. Your friends, <br />relatives, acquaintances, essentially everybody you come into <br />contact with. I never “push” my warm market; I simply send them <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 169 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />a card and let them know what I am doing. Several of them have <br />approached me after getting the card. <br />2. Referrals - It’s not so much who you know but who they know. My <br />best friend may not be a candidate for this business but he may <br />know a Realtor who can use the service or an entrepreneur that <br />might be interested in the business. <br />3. Online Classified Sites – I use several free classified sites that get <br />me more people than I can talk to, and the price is right ... it’s <br />free! <br />4. Online Forums – I belong to several online forums where I build <br />relationships and meet a ton of people. I find a lot of customers on <br />forums. <br />5. Social Networking Sites - Sites like MySpace, Ryze etc. are a gold <br />mines. <br />6. Unexpected Cards – I pick a niche and send cards to total <br />strangers. I have gotten great responses this way and signed up <br />distributors and customers. I simply use Google to find their <br />website which usually has their physical mailing address on it. I <br />also do “Whois Searches” on the domain name. <br />7. Marketing Events – I attend a lot of seminars where positive and <br />motivated people congregate. I take a digital camera with me and <br />take pictures of everybody I meet. I send them a card with our <br />picture on the front after the event. I’ve signed up several <br />distributors using this method. <br />8. Business Networking International – BNI is the world’s largest <br />Networking group. It’s composed of people from all walks of life. <br />Each chapter will have a Realtor, a Mortgage Broker, an Insurance <br />Person, a Chiropractor etc. I have visited several chapters and <br />signed up both customers and distributors. <br />9. Local Leads Groups – Similar to BNI, there are all kinds of local <br />groups where people get together and socialize as well as do <br />business. Find one in your area! <br />10. Chamber Of Commerce – Every city has a Chamber of Commerce <br />where business people get together to network. This can be a <br />great source for contacts! <br />11. Business Opportunity Ad Co-ops – There are several national <br />magazines such as Small Business Opportunities, Entrepreneur, etc <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 170 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />that are dedicated to people looking for a home based business. I <br />have run several ads in these magazines with my team and signed <br />up distributors. <br />Power Greeting Card Techniques <br />The more you can educate people on the importance of using greeting <br />cards in their business, the more they will realize the value of this <br />system. Here are some things that business owners can do with greeting <br />cards to grow their business . <br />1. Send Birthday Cards To Clients <br />Whenever you get a new client, ask them for their birthday and <br />send them a birthday card. You may be the only one doing it! This <br />will cement your image in their mind and when they need your <br />services, they will think of you instead of your competitors <br />2. Send Birthday Cards To The Children of Clients <br />This is a killer technique, which was first introduced to me by my <br />friend the attorney. What do you think is going to happen when the <br />child receives your card? Don't you think he may go to his parents <br />and ask “Mommy who is this John Smith, CPA guy who sent me a <br />birthday card?” Out of the mouths of babes …Relationship <br />marketing at its best! <br />3. Send Cards At Unusual Times <br />Starting right after Thanksgiving until right before Christmas more <br />cards are sent than any other time of the year. Companies feel <br />obligated to send a holiday card once a year. The problem is that <br />people get so many cards, that yours will be lost in the shuffle. <br />Now you have to send a holiday card, but there are other occasions <br />when you can send cards you can send throughout the year. Why <br />not send a “Happy Groundhog Day“ card? How about a “Happy First <br />Day of Spring” card? These cards will stand out a lot more than <br />simply sending a once a year Christmas card once per year! <br />4. Put Your Picture On The Card <br />Remember the purpose of sending cards is to build a relationship <br />with your client and keep your name in their mind. There’s no <br />better way to do that than sending your picture in the card. Studies <br />have been shown that people are less likely to throw away a <br />business card with a person's photo on it ... well, the same goes for <br />Greeting cards. <br />5. Enclose A Gift Card <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 171 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Want to really impress a client? Enclose a gift in the card! If you <br />can find a store that your client likes, send them a gift certificate <br />for that store. If not, enclose a gift card for a popular store like <br />Waldenbooks or Starbucks. <br />6. Design A Custom Card <br />There are places you can go to get a custom greeting card designed <br />with your logo, your personal photo or anything else you want. This <br />is an incredible way of branding yourself and your business. <br />7. Send Unexpected Cards to “Future Clients” <br />Is there anybody you would like to meet but can’t get past the gate <br />keeper? This technique works like a charm. Get their address from <br />their website and send them a greeting card … you will be amazed <br />with the results. I have used this technique to my advantage many <br />times … It works! <br />One technique that I have used is to go to their website, download <br />their picture and upload it to the Greeting card. When they open the <br />card, they are staring at a picture of themselves. Needless to say, <br />this grabs their attention a bit! Whether you are looking to build <br />relationships with current customers or gain new ones … “Success is <br />in the Cards!” <br />Bonus Tip - # 3 - Take Pictures with People <br />One thing I do is take a digital camera with me wherever I go. <br />Whenever I meet somebody, I will take their picture and send them <br />a card with our picture together right on the front with a caption <br />saying “It Was Nice Meeting You” <br />People are less likely to throw out a card with their picture on it and <br />the fact that your picture is on it as well will make sure they never <br />forget you. I have gotten numerous customers just by sending <br />cards to people. <br />Residual Income With The Greeting Cards <br />One of my favorite parts of this business is the residual income aspect. <br />The vast majority of people in the world receive linear income, which <br />usually comes in the form of a job with a “Paycheck”. <br />Examples of Linear Income … <br />A) An Office Worker: An office worker gets a paycheck. It could come <br />in the form of a flat rate “salary” for the year, an hourly wage or a <br />daily wage. Whatever way it is paid, the fact still remains that the <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 172 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />amount of money you can make with linear income is extremely <br />limited. <br />B) Business Owner: Another example of linear income is a business <br />owner. Even though business owners will generally make a lot more <br />money than somebody working a job, most of them are still working <br />for linear income! <br />C) Attorney, CPA, Doctor – Believe it or not, these are all just hourly <br />workers. Think about it. If an attorney wants to make more money, <br />what does he have to do? Work More Hours! If a CPA wants to make <br />money, what does he have to do? Do More Work!! If a doctor wants <br />to make more money, what does he have to do? See more patients! <br />With residual income you get paid over and over again for work done <br />once. <br />Examples of Residual Income <br />● Songwriters - When a person, like for instance Paul McCartney, <br />writes a song, he or she gets paid every time the song is played on <br />the radio! They also get paid whenever the song is used on a <br />commercial or a movie etc. <br />Actors – Sometimes actors will negotiate residuals so that they will <br />get paid every time a movie or television show that they are in is <br />shown. <br />Insurance Agents – Some insurance agents are paid year after year <br />when the polices that they write are renewed <br />● The Greeting Card Business – You get paid over and over again as <br />your customers use the system. You set them up with an account <br />one time. You get paid every time they use it … for life. <br />How Do I Get Involved <br />While some of the techniques in this book may not require any upfront <br />cost, this one does require a small investment. In order to get involved <br />with this business you would need to purchase the Entrepreneur Package <br />Plus, which costs $398. <br />Here is what you get with it: <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 173 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />1. 100 Cards to Get You Started – You get 200 points in your account, <br />which can be used for 100 cards or 200 postcards. We recommend <br />using greeting cards. <br />2. Handwriting Fonts and Signatures – You get your handwriting font <br />and signature scanned into the system so you can send cards in <br />your own handwriting with your signature! <br />3. Unlimited DVD Program – We have a great promo DVD that <br />explains this whole system. You can send out as many as you like <br />and the company will not charge you for the DVD’s! <br />4. “Treat Em Right” Seminar – This is a full day personal development <br />seminar given by the CEO of the company. It’s absolutely life <br />changing. <br />5. Picture Plus Software – This is web based software that allows you <br />to create unlimited custom greeting cards on the fly. We have over <br />10,000 Cards in the system but with Picture Plus, you can create <br />your own cards. <br />6. Unlimited Support and Training – You get unlimited support and <br />training by phone, email and in person for the life of your business <br />7. Free Websites, Auto-Responders and Marketing Tools – You get all <br />the tools you need to succeed … for free! <br />Bottom Line <br />Making $100+ a day with this System is very straightforward. You <br />can sign up one wholesale customer and make $120. You can sign up a <br />team member and make anywhere from $120 - $245. <br />But there’s so much more to it than that! <br />When you sign up a customer, they will continue to use the system over <br />and over again. And you get paid over and over again every time they do! <br />When you sign up an entrepreneur you make an initial $120 - $245. But <br />that’s just the beginning, because you make ongoing income on all of <br />their activity forever. <br />I guess the best way to look at this is as a Multi Tiered Affiliate program <br />on steroids … It’s that powerful. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 174 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />In order to get the real scoop on this business, I would like to offer you a <br />FREE copy of my book “The Six Month Miracle”. <br />Also if you would like to try out the greeting card system for free at my <br />expense you can set up an account here: Send A Free Card. <br />Jack Bastide is an Entrepreneur, Author, Public Speaker, Copywriter and <br />all around nice guy. In his spare time he enjoys traveling, playing guitar, <br />writing songs and the beach. He is also a big animal lover, especially <br />dogs. He invites you to contact him via his website at JackBastide.com <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 175 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Teleseminars <br />Written by Gary Knuckles <br />Introduction <br />As marketers we have to continually explore new methods to find <br />profitable ventures and promotions to generate revenue. Don't <br />conform yourself to just the traditional line of thinking such as <br />email, ads, newsletters and articles. <br />If you’re reading this ebook then obviously you’re interested in making <br />money. In this chapter I’ll discuss how to hold a teleseminar, ways to <br />make profits with teleseminars, and tips to maximize the profits from <br />your teleseminars. <br />Think of a teleseminar as simply another tool to use to make profits from, <br />and as another income stream to add to your other streams of income. <br />You do have other streams of income right?  <br />If not then you are reading the right ebook, since it has 19 other chapters <br />devoted to making $100 dollars a day. I encourage you to read and reread <br />each chapter in this ebook and apply what you read in your business <br />and marketing. <br />I’ll be targeting teleseminars as the primary method in <br />this chapter though and urge you to think in terms of how <br />you can take what you read in this chapter and apply it in <br />the other chapters in this ebook and <br />not just to the teleseminar process only. <br />And also be sure and do the same with the other chapters, and think of <br />how you can use what you learn in those chapters to incorporate in to <br />making your teleseminars more successful and income productive. <br />Marketing is a continually evolving process, so always think in terms of <br />how you can evolve as well to the marketplace around you as it evolves. <br />Don’t just think within the box, don’t just think outside the box. <br />BUILD THE BOX! <br />Ok, enough rambling, let’s jump in and get started. One other thing, at <br />the end of this chapter will be a link to web page to get an mp3 and the <br />transcript of a teleseminar that Willie and I did on the topic of doing <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 176 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />teleseminars for profit when I was writing this chapter. You can use it as <br />a case study to accompany this chapter. <br />What Is A Teleseminar? <br />Before we get started let’s define a teleseminar and then we will move <br />on. When I say bridge lines it means phone lines on what is called a <br />bridge. A bridge is an electronic device with switches that control a <br />massive amount of phone lines. <br />The bridge will have anywhere from what they call ten ports up to some <br />of them have 1500, or even more, ports. Each port is a phone line. So <br />when I’m saying a line, that’s exactly what I’m meaning - is a caller. <br />So if you hear these people say that we’re going to have three or four <br />hundred callers, then that’s 3 or 4 hundred phone lines that are being <br />used on that bridge. Or ports, is how they refer to them sometimes. <br />Reasons To Have A Teleseminar <br />● Get Instant Profits <br />Depending upon the resources available to you, you can have a <br />successful seminar within 2-5 days. Lets say you already have a list <br />or newsletter. If you have a topic and knowledge of that topic, then <br />after setting up your sales page and method of payment, you could <br />easily shoot out a promotion to your list and hold a seminar within <br />2 days. Of course many people have this in place to do so already. <br />● Low Startup <br />There are many companies that provide teleconferences services <br />now, and some offer free services. This means you could conduct a <br />teleseminar for up to 99 people at no cost for the conference <br />services. I'll discuss this later as well. By having low startup costs <br />you can generate a nice net profit for very little costs. <br />● Create Products From The Event Too <br />By having the event recorded and/or transposed you can create two <br />products from your teleseminar. <br />One product is the MP3 audio file that you can have recorded. <br />You can have the conference call company do this for you or buy an <br />electronic digital voice recorder and record it yourself. If you plan <br />on doing several seminars then I would suggest buying a digital <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 177 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />voice recorder. This can be used for several projects and tasks as <br />well. <br />The second product would be an ebook created from your event. <br />This can be either in electronic format using an ebook creator <br />software package or in PDF format using Adobe Acrobat once the <br />teleseminar is transposed. There are also some services that allow <br />you to convert the document to PDF format. You can transpose the <br />event yourself from your audio file or have the conference call <br />company do it. I’ll discuss more on that later and on recording the <br />mp3 and some utilities to do these with in the section “Turning The <br />Recording Into Products”. <br />● Provides Additional JV Opportunities <br />Having a teleseminar (depending on the type you have) will allow <br />you to interact with other people within your industry. By this I <br />mean if you have panelists and guest speakers joining you in your <br />teleseminar. <br />Usually these guests will be experts in their field, (or should be) if <br />you are having them join you because of their expertise. By <br />working with them you build a better relationship for future events, <br />ebooks or joint ventures on other projects. <br />● Exposure And Credibility <br />A teleseminar gives you exposure as well as giving you credibility. <br />Just by hosting an event associates you with your speakers thus <br />building your reputation. This can lead to you being invited to join <br />other teleseminars and projects as well. <br />● Build A Relationship With Your Customers Or List <br />You can use a teleseminar to build a better relationship with your <br />current customers or newsletter subscribers. Especially if it's a free <br />teleseminar that only cost them a phone call. Now this would be <br />primarily for long term benefits and sales, though the event could <br />generate some sales for your current products as well. Provided of <br />course you have some current products. <br />If you don't have any current products then you could offer a free <br />condensed report of important points from the event to the <br />attendees, then list any products that you might discuss during the <br />teleseminar. Then use your affiliate links for those products to <br />generate sales from your free report you send to everyone or post <br />online for them to read after the event. I have included an example <br />of one such report in the resources section. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 178 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />● Sell Higher Priced Items From The Teleseminar - (If Free <br />Teleseminar) <br />Many experts use free teleseminars to sell higher priced products by <br />giving a free teleseminar to their targeted audience. They are <br />delivering content rich free events and at the same time they <br />promote a higher priced service or workshop/seminar to be <br />attended. Some are using them to promote coaching services and <br />private member sites. <br />● Start A List Or Add New Subscribers On Your Current List <br />If you don't have a newsletter or list you should consider starting <br />one. Most experts will tell you “there is money in the list”. By <br />having a teleseminar you can start a newsletter at the same time if <br />done properly. If you already have a list then you can use the event <br />to add new subscribers to your list. <br />Topic Of The Seminar <br />Ok before we even start with how to hold the seminar we have to start <br />with the basics. First you have to decide upon a topic for your seminar. I <br />mean how can you hold a teleseminar if you don't know what it is going <br />to be about? <br />Deciding on your topic should be pretty straight forward, but I’ll mention <br />a few methods to help you research your topic to find a hot topic. <br />There is one thing I would like to mention, and some may disagree with <br />me, but that’s ok, we can agree to disagree on this. <br />Many marketers believe you should target a topic that you’re <br />passionate about. <br />I personally don’t hold that opinion or teach it, and one reason is I know <br />of many marketers that sell a variety of products (using one page <br />websites for each product) that they don’t have a passion for necessarily, <br />however they are doing quite well selling those products to those niches. <br />Well I guess it is passion too, passion for money …grin… but let’s move <br />on. <br />If you have a specific topic or subject you have a passion for and know a <br />lot about it then that is a starting point. But don’t feel limited to a subject <br />that you are passionate about. You are looking for problems people want <br />answers to, and you want to provide that solution. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 179 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Forums <br />Forums are an excellent place to research possible topics for your <br />teleseminar. <br />You can go online and do a search for the most popular forums in the <br />search engines, this will of course depend upon your target audience. <br />Start browsing the forums to see what are the most popular questions <br />being posted about your topic. This will help you to narrow your potential <br />topic down. Read beyond just the message and look for the NEED within <br />the messages. <br />Compile a list of those messages that have a similar need. <br />While browsing, be sure to include messages in the archives of the <br />forums. You can access these by doing a search within the forum itself. <br />Most forums have search features available. <br />Post your own questions to the forums, even ask the members what they <br />see as an urgent problem that needs a solution. <br />If you are already an expert on your topic be sure to answer some of the <br />questions being asked in the forum. Start establishing your creditability <br />with informative answers. <br />Once you prepare to start promoting your teleseminar you can use this to <br />your advantage such as including a link in your sig file for your <br />teleseminar when you are making posts, etc. But you can’t make it too <br />obvious or you might be considered as spamming the forum. <br />Discussion Lists <br />Discussion lists are an excellent resource to use to research what are the <br />most popular or needed subjects people are wanting to find out about <br />that relate to your topic and possible teleseminar. Since they are similar <br />to forums you use them in much the same way as the forums. Ask and <br />answer questions. Again make notes of the most common problem or <br />need. <br />Read beyond just the message and <br />look for the NEED within the messages. <br />Newsletters <br />Subscribe to newsletters that are related to your topic. Again watch the <br />topics and articles that are targeted by the newsletter. Look and see if <br />they have a Question and Answer section (many do) and pay attention to <br />those questions asked. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 180 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Mastermind Groups <br />It’s amazing how many ideas can come from a group discussion with your <br />peers and friends on various topics and ideas. I’ve been a member of <br />several mastermind groups that would meet on a bridge line once a week <br />or every two weeks and we would have “brain cram sessions” about <br />things we were doing as well as discuss other ideas we had in mind to do <br />possibly. <br />This is a great to get the creative juices flowing, plus your peers can <br />suggest possible topics that they have noticed that might be popular for <br />your teleseminar. Of course make sure they are aware that you might do <br />a teleseminar on the topic and that they won’t feel you took their idea. <br />It’s an excellent time to invite them to join you on the teleseminar, <br />especially if they are an expert on the topic. <br />Ok, during all of the above outlined processes, you should be compiling a <br />list of the most asked questions about your topic or even sub-topics if <br />your topic is a broad topic. A good example is internet marketing which <br />can include among other things: teleseminars, list building, ebook <br />creation, and so forth. I think you get the picture. <br />You are looking for a common need or problem that needs <br />addressing. You can address this need by furnishing the solution through <br />your teleseminar. <br />You can compile your list by writing it in a notebook or I suggest using a <br />software package that allows you to type the list of questions you are <br />compiling. Outlook could be used for this or any contact/project <br />management software. <br />My personal favorite is Internet Information Manager. Not only does it let <br />you keep up with projects, it manages contacts, ebooks, forums, <br />newsletters and most all of your marketing information including <br />passwords and logins. <br />It also lets you easily link records together for quick reference which is <br />handy for research and projects such as deciding on a topic and niche. I <br />may be bias though, since I designed it. But I designed it with marketers <br />in mind to optimize their time and productivity. <br />A good free text editor with a lot of features called PSPad can be found at <br />PSPad.com and it’s totally free. It’s an open source project which makes it <br />free. A great replacement instead of using Notepad in Windows. <br />Another one is Time and Chaos version 5 which is now a freeware <br />version. It also has a good Calendar, To Do list, Appointments and Note <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 181 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />features. Just go to the Chaos Software site and scroll to the bottom to <br />download the freeware Version 5. This is great software to use if you <br />start scheduling a lot calls. <br />Another software for organizing ideas, outlines, and brain storming is <br />mind mapping software. To get a better idea of mind map software and a <br />freeware version you can download go to the WikiPedia Freemind <br />software page. It’s explained there much better than I can do here, and <br />you can download the free version. <br />Scheduling- Planning the teleseminar <br />The Best Time To Have Your Teleseminar <br />When most of your list or attendees can attend! <br />Normally that will be in the evenings, however be aware that you <br />may be competing with several other events Tuesday through <br />Thursday because many marketers hold their events on those <br />nights during the prime time evening hours. <br />If you’re doing interviews only to make a product then during the day is <br />fine. It also depends on your target audience. If they’re self employed <br />then during the day can be even better. <br />This can also depend upon the niche you are targeting too. If your target <br />customers are computer programmers, then you could quite easily do a <br />teleseminar at 10:00 PM since many of them are night owls. <br />Also keep in mind the time zones of your target audience since this will <br />be entirely different for international callers versus those in the United <br />States and Canada. <br />How Many Lines To Reserve <br />Most companies let you reserve X amount of lines, but then cut back that <br />number of lines before the call if you don’t need them. Some companies <br />will only charge you for the amount of lines you use, even if you reserve <br />more. BE sure to ask each company of their policy when doing your <br />research so you will know what their policy is. <br />What To Pay For Bridge Lines <br />The best thing to do is research with several companies. There are many <br />varying rates, and it depends upon the volume you give them, the <br />number of lines, length of calls and so forth. There are many free services <br />available these days to use as well for your teleseminars. <br />● Free Services: <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 182 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Freeconference.com - Up to 99lines free. <br />SimpleEvent.com - 1,000 callers but can’t do Q&A and interact with <br />attendees <br />FreeConferenceCall.com <br />● Paid: <br />VoiceText, Black & White Communications, Eagle Communications, <br />e-Teleconferencing.com, InstantTeleseminar.com <br />Length Of Teleseminar <br />Ok, being a marketer I like to over-deliver. So I usually set mine for 60 <br />minutes, but I allow for at least 60 minutes extra to run over. However <br />many times mine run almost two hours. <br />You can also do a series of teleseminars of 1 or 2 hours each if one hour <br />will cover the topic in enough detail. These type of teleseminars can bring <br />in more profits too since they are longer. Plus you can also have a series <br />of guests when doing a “mini series” of teleseminars. <br />Also when doing your research with bridge line companies, check on their <br />policy on what happens when your time is up. <br />Most companies will just figure up the additional time you used and <br />charge you at the agreed rate, but be sure! Some companies cut the call <br />off at the designated time or length you signed up for. <br />Also be sure if you are recording the call that the recording will continue <br />if you’re using the bridge company’s recording service if you run over on <br />time. <br />In general plan on a 60 or 90 minute call if possible. Anything longer can <br />cause your attendees to get restless and hang up. <br />That also brings up another point. If you are furnishing MP3 and PDF files <br />to the event, have a backup recording done by someone. You never <br />know when something might happen. DON’T depend on one recording. If <br />you do, then your products may go right out the window if there’s <br />problems with the recording. <br />Recently a very well known marketer did a teleconference and lost his <br />recording due to a power outage right after the event was over. He was <br />so desperate, he offered a $1,000 reward to anyone on the call that might <br />have made a recording by chance. Ironically a close friend of mine <br />collected that reward. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 183 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />How To Decide What To Charge The Attendees <br />How much to charge? - This to me is the first obvious question you have <br />to address once you decide on a topic and the length. <br />Is this a topic that will draw at least 10 attendees (or more)? <br />You probably wonder why I say a low number like 10 and what's that got <br />to do with pricing? <br />Don't make the mistake of thinking you have to have a topic in demand <br />by hundreds of thousands of people. In all actuality, it's the content and <br />nature of the topic that's just as important as how many people are <br />interested in it, at least for pricing purposes that is. Don’t get me <br />wrong now, you do still want an in demand topic when possible of course. <br />I’m just saying it doesn’t have to always be the case depending on the <br />content and it’s value. <br />Taking the above number of 10 people, if your seminar cost $69.95 then <br />that's almost $700.00. You could make $600+ clear off a one hour <br />seminar with 10 people based on that price structure. <br />Now, with a creative back end promotion you could turn that into several <br />thousand. Keep in mind too that if your target audience is a very niche <br />group within a highly specialized industry, then your topic doesn't have to <br />be highly popular but of course it helps. <br />But rather your teleseminar will have to be very informative for <br />specialized information. This specialized information can result in a higher <br />price per person for the event. <br />For example: If your are a lawyer and your topic targets lawyers or even <br />high end corporate executives, this makes your information more <br />valuable because of the highly specialized nature of the information and <br />the education needed to furnish that information. Your audience has a <br />higher disposable income too. <br />Another example is a client of mine who is a doctor. He has developed a <br />special surgical tool and patented it. Well needless to say he doesn't get <br />many visitors for this tool, but his per sale average is extremely high <br />since it is a niche market with a very high disposable income. This clamp <br />fills a very needed niche that speeds up and simplifies some surgical <br />procedures. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 184 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />The above tool is not a product that just anyone would be interested in, <br />however those that are (doctors) don't blink an eye at the premium price <br />he charges for the tool. <br />Sidenote: Don't think in terms of always having a low price <br />seminar only. One mistake made by many new marketers is to <br />think in terms of selling a bunch of low priced products. <br />Many expert marketers will tell you that's it easier to sell ten <br />products costing $1,000 each compared to selling one thousand <br />products costing $10 each.) <br />When deciding your price, consider the content your event is offering. Ask <br />yourself questions such as: <br />Is anyone else offering this information? If so, compare the other <br />products and see what price range the products are in. <br />Is it available for free? If so, how can you make your event worth <br />attending? How, well one reason is they don't have to search all over the <br />place to get this information. Think about how you can make your <br />teleseminar different. Put a "twist" on it so it stands out. <br />Is it highly specialized information? If so and not just anyone can provide <br />it then you can charge more. <br />When To Start Advertising <br />I suggest 5 to 7 days at the max. <br />If you advertise too much in advance you may have people actually <br />forget they signed up. If this happens then you may find yourself <br />receiving refund requests because they forgot about the event and didn’t <br />make it. <br />Send one maybe 5 days before, then the day before and a follow up on <br />the day of the call. <br />Teleseminar Formats To Consider <br />● Single Presentation -You being the only speaker if you know the <br />topic. <br />● Speaker and host with Q&A – You and a guest speaker do a <br />presentation and then have an open question and answer session <br />after the presentation. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 185 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />● Training or teaching session – This could be a combination of any of <br />the listed formats. <br />● Panel of experts – Great for interactivity but be careful to control <br />the call as it could easily run twice as long. <br />Outlines For The Panel And Yourself <br />Prepare an initial outline and post it or send it to your panelists. Include <br />any pre-submitted questions for the event. This allows them some <br />preparation time in advance. <br />Have the attendees send in questions prior to the event, as well as during <br />the event which you also send to your guest speakers if any. <br />Many speakers may have an outline of questions they will send you prior <br />to doing the interview which gives you something to plan the interview <br />around. <br />If so make additional notes and thoughts below their questions, plus any <br />additional questions and send your speaker back a copy with your <br />additions to the questions. That way they know what to expect. <br />Prior to the call suggest land lines for a better recording. Speaker phones <br />are a no, no unless they can mute them. Wireless and cell can cause <br />static and echoes as do speaker phones. <br />What Time To Call In And What To Do Prior To Starting The Call <br />I usually call around 7-8 minutes early. <br />Greet the attendees as they join and encourage them to introduce <br />themselves and their website. Though this will probably be cut from your <br />recording if you record it. But it still promotes interactivity and some <br />exposure for the attendees and their business or sites. <br />If you created an outline for the attendees be sure to tell them where to <br />download if they haven’t already done so. <br />Start the call promptly at the time it has been advertised to start. <br />Explain to the attendees the commands of the specific phone bridge <br />service you are using. <br />A common command on many bridges is *6 for the attendees to mute <br />their phone. Ask that they all hit *6 to decrease background noise if you <br />are leaving the call open where you can interact with the attendees. <br />Some bridges use other keys to mute the phone, record, etc. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 186 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Other commands on many bridges are: <br />*2 – Record the call – not available on all bridges. <br />*5 - Speaker Mode – Puts the call in presentation mode and mutes <br />the attendees which helps kill background noise for a better <br />recording and no disruptions. <br />Publicizing the teleseminar <br />Forums, Newsletters, Ads, Pay Per Clicks and JV's – As you know all of <br />these are traditional methods for promotion. I don't want to go into <br />details since there is plenty of material in the other chapters on this. <br />Offline - Don't think it has to be online for internet only. Teleseminars can <br />be an offline venture as well. All you need are callers and of course their <br />charge cards...grin... <br />They can be local - Don't think that your teleseminar has to be <br />nationwide or international. If you have a strong customer base locally or <br />regionally, you could also put on a teleseminar for those customers. <br />An example is: you could have a free teleseminar for customers within <br />your calling area. If the purpose of the event is to generate new leads <br />then you could also offer a freebie to them by calling your company <br />number after the event and of course getting their personal contact <br />information in the process for following up with them. <br />What To Included In The Emails To Maximize Your Attendance <br />● Date and time of the call <br />● Phone number and PIN code <br />Send links for any downloads such as outlines or giveaways. You can also <br />offer giveaways that they can only get by being on the call, this will help <br />increase people that show up for the call, especially if you’re doing a free <br />teleseminar. <br />When to expect the files if they are getting a transcript and a copy of the <br />mp3. Be sure to let them know it will take several days to transpose the <br />files and get them ready for downloading. If you don’t, be prepared for <br />emails wanting to know when they can get them, sometimes right after <br />the teleseminar is over! <br />Also remind them you will send them an email on the day of the call <br />with the info. Be sure and do this so they don’t forget the teleseminar. It <br />will increase your attendance. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 187 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Double check all your info, AND be sure you are NOT sending the <br />moderator code to the attendees. If you send them the moderator <br />code then you can’t control the call or mute out background noise from <br />the attendees if needed. <br />Turning The Recording Into Products <br />You Can Get Two Products From Your Teleseminar <br />Besides your teleseminar being a product within itself, you can get two <br />side products from your event. An MP3 file and a PDF file which you can <br />sell as backend products after the event. I have sites selling my <br />teleseminar files for me right now. <br />The first product I mentioned is the MP3 audio file that you can have <br />recorded. <br />You can have the conference call company do this for you or buy an <br />electronic digital voice recorder or desktop device and record it yourself. <br />If you plan on doing several seminars then I would suggest buying a <br />digital voice recorder. <br />The digital recorder can be used for several projects and tasks as well, <br />including doing live interviews when you attend physical seminars. Below <br />are a few I suggest. (Depends on your needs if you want a desktop unit <br />(kind of restrictive) or portable.) <br />Portable: <br />Zoom H4 - $299 <br />Zoom H2 - $199 <br />Marantz PMD660 - $499 <br />Edirol R1 - $449 or R9 - $299 <br />Desktop that connects to computer: <br />USB Mixer Behringer - $199. <br />UA4FX - $150 Great little USB unit <br />UA25 - $199 Another good unit. <br />To find the best prices do a search for the product and you will get <br />several retailers that sell them. Also consider eBay but do beware that <br />you might be buying a used recorder, but usually it’s for a nice <br />discounted price. There’s also several dealers that sell the new recording <br />devices and portable recorders on eBay as well. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 188 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />What Audio Format To Use <br />In order to decide what format you need to decide how you want it <br />delivered to the visitor. <br />There’s the WAV file format which is popular and records in an <br />uncompressed format. But WAV files may take up to 10 times as much <br />space as a file. They have quality of sound but can be huge unless it’s a <br />short recording. For the spoken voice only MP3 will do fine and is one of <br />the most popular formats. <br />MP3 is a format developed back in the 90's. It’s a compressed format and <br />there is some loss of the original quality but it’s close enough so that the <br />average person probably won’t notice any difference of quality. <br />For comparison, a .wav file that’s 10MB may be a 1MB MP3 file depending <br />upon the bit rate or Kbps rate. I use 32k up to 128k, though normally I <br />record at 96k for most recordings and then reduce it down to 32k for web <br />downloads. You do want to have a 96k or 128k recording if you’re going <br />to create CDs. <br />Then there’s the Flash file format. By taking an MP3 or another format <br />such as WAV and converting it to a Flash file, it becomes a streaming <br />audio file with an extension of SWF. <br />You use Flash controllers to play the file from a web page. Total Web <br />Audio is great software for that by Josh Anderson. It’s under $100 now I <br />think. Also there’s MP3 Streaming at MP3Stream.com which is another <br />good package to convert to Flash format. <br />Editing Software <br />Audacity software you can find it at http://audacity.sourceforge.net/, it’s <br />free. To find Audacity tutorials do a Google search for Audacity tutorials <br />and there’s some at the Audacity site. <br />Sound Forge $399 or Sound Forge Studio $70, Adobe Audition $349 <br />Flash software: SoundNails, Total Web Audio, MP3 Streaming <br />Recording MP3s <br />Use a phone tap such as the Dynametric TLP 102 or the JK Audio <br />QuickTap to send the sound from your phone to the recording device. I’ve <br />seen where some people have had no problems with a phone adapter <br />from Radio Shack too, though I’ve never tried one of them. <br />Then you route the sound from the phone tap to whichever recording <br />device you choose to record with. Some people record straight to their <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 189 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />computer using the line in or mic input on the computer. But I also know <br />depending upon the sound card and computer hardware and set up that <br />doing that can have a definite buzz or hum in the audio. That’s not <br />always the case but can be a problem. <br />I use an Edirol UA700 for most of my recording, it’s like an external <br />sound card. However they don’t make them anymore. I do find them on <br />eBay from time to time though. I have 4 now. <br />For the beginner I suggest one of the many portable recorders available <br />today that I listed above. Again reasons why are: they are good for your <br />own audio, good for teleseminars, and good for interviews at seminars <br />too and fairly simple to use as well. <br />Plus you can also use them for making mental audio notes and ideas that <br />you might take down, so you don’t forget it later. You can even use them <br />to do rough draft articles and when the thoughts come to you, then <br />transcribe them later. <br />I do recommend using a small mixer with the portable recorders if you <br />are recording over the phone though. The Behringer mixer with additional <br />backup battery power is a good cheap portable unit. <br />Some other advantages of portable recorders are battery backup, no <br />computer needed to record. Easy to transfer via USB or compact flash <br />card. <br />However some people would just prefer to have someone record it for <br />them. <br />If that’s your case then contact me, I’ll be glad to work with you on <br />recording it, getting it transcribed, converted to PDF and even create <br />master CDs for you ready to send to the duplication or fulfillment <br />company. <br />The second product would be an ebook created from your event. <br />This can be either in electronic format using an ebook creator software <br />package or in PDF format using Adobe Acrobat once the teleseminar is <br />transposed. There are also some services that allow you to convert the <br />document to PDF format. You can transpose the event yourself from your <br />audio file or have the conference call company do it. <br />If you choose to do it yourself then you may want to a buy foot pedal. <br />Especially if you’re going to do a lot them. That’s what we’ve done with <br />my wife. There are foot petals that you can plug into the computer and <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 190 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />the USB port and it starts and stops the MP3 recording. It comes with <br />software. <br />The one that we use in particular, that has worked well for us, is called <br />StartStop. It’s excellent. It’s good software. It works well, and their foot <br />pedal works excellent. <br />These foot pedals allow you to tap them and go forward if you want to. <br />Tap them and go back a second or two or it has a big play pedal in the <br />middle that you just push on it to listen continuously. <br />You can set it where it will back up one second or two seconds to the last <br />previous two or three words when you let off the play pedal. <br />This allows you to recap what you‘ve been typing. If you are going to <br />transcribe them yourself, then by all means spend about $149.00, I <br />believe, and get one of those. <br />Sidenote: This could become an additional stream of income too <br />for service oriented people that can type fast, though it would entail <br />more than a couple of hours a day of work for the 100 dollars a day. <br />Once it’s transcribed then you can turn it into a PDF by using one of the <br />PDF converters, however I suggest looking at Open Office since it includes <br />a PDF converter built into it, so if you don’t have MS Office or Word then <br />you can use Open Office to transcribe the file and then convert it to PDF. <br />And it’s free. <br />Additional notes: Create a physical product by printing and <br />binding the PDF, create a CD from the recording, bundle them and <br />you can get a higher priced product plus lower refund requests. By <br />getting a higher price per sale, then that means you need to sell <br />less products to reach your 100 a day goal. <br />Is there any reason you might not create products from the recording? <br />If it is a free seminar to pre-sell higher priced items or services then you <br />might not want to produce PDF and MP3 files. (Though you could still put <br />the PDF or MP3 up for people to download and read/listen to for additional <br />exposure as a give away. And of course you would direct them to your <br />higher priced items within the PDF or MP3 files.) <br />I highly suggest always recording and creating a transcript from the call <br />when possible, for future use such as articles and ebooks too. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 191 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Wrapping It Up And Resources <br />Quick Step Process <br />First decide the topic and if there is a need? <br />Typical marketing find a need and fill it. <br />Decide do you need expert speakers or do you know the topic yourself. <br />Line up your speakers. <br />Line up your bridge line service <br />Promote 5-7 days in advance <br />Send a reminder the day of the call <br />Follow-up after the call and get testimonials <br />Put up web page and sell PDF and MP3s <br />Promote back end products <br />Do it all over again until your websites are creating $100 per day passive <br />income. <br />Free Mp3 And Transcript <br />As I mentioned at the beginning of the chapter, Willie and I did a call <br />discussing making $100 dollars a day with teleseminars. <br />For those that purchased this book please drop me an email at <br />garyknuckles@gmail.com and put in the email you would like to receive a <br />copy of the transcript and mp3 file. In the subject line please put <br />“Transcript & MP3 Request”. I’ll send you the link to get copies of both. <br />Please feel fee to contact me for your recording or conference needs too. <br />Resources: <br />Conference Companies <br />Paid <br />● VoiceText http://www.voicetext.com/ <br />● Eagle Communications http://www.eagleconf.com/ <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 192 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />● e-Teleconferencing.com – Gary Knuckles Conference Service <br />http://www.e-teleconferencing.com/ <br />Free <br />● SimpleEvent.com http://www.simpleevent.com/ <br />● FreeConference.com http://www.freeconference.com/ <br />● FreeConferenceCall.com http://www.freeconferencecall.com/ <br />Editing Software <br />Audacity - Free audio recording and editing software. <br />http://audacity.sourceforge.net/ <br />Sound Forge Sound Studio $70 or Sound Forge $399 <br />http://www.sonycreativesoftware.com/products/soundforgefamily.asp <br />Adobe Audition $349 <br />http://www.adobe.com/products/audition/ <br />Flash software <br />Total Web Audio <br />http://www.totalwebaudio.com/ <br />MP3 Sound Streaming <br />http://www.mp3soundstream.com/ <br />Phone Taps <br />Dynametric TLP 102 <br />http://www.dynametric.com/index.asp?PageAction=VIEWPROD&ProdID=3 <br />6 <br />JK Audio QuickTap <br />http://www.jkaudio.com/quicktap.htm <br />Transcription Software And Foot Pedals <br />StartStop – Pedal and software <br />http://www.startstop.com/Transcription.htm <br />Gary Knuckles AKA Crazy Web Guy has made his living online full time <br />since 1999. He creates digital and physical audio products for his <br />company and for clients. His specialty is recording teleseminars and <br />creating training products. More info: http://www.GaryKnuckles.com <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 193 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Public Domain Works <br />Written by Willie Crawford <br />NOTE: Copyright is a tricky subject, and if you are even slightly unsure of <br />the copyrights on a work, you should verify it using one of the sources <br />mentioned in this chapter. Nothing in this chapter is to be construed as <br />legal or copyright advice. You assume all responsibility for your usage of <br />any work that you believe to be in the public domain. <br />Why Use Public Domain Material? <br />When looking for a product of our own to sell, many of us think that we <br />have to create something from scratch. That’s not necessarily so. <br />Hundreds of thousands of works written and once copyrighted in the <br />United States have now passed into the public domain. These are works <br />which are no longer copyrighted and therefore fair game for you to <br />market as your own product and keep 100% of the profit, without having <br />to create anything unless you want to. <br />If you don’t change the work, you can’t claim the copyright, but you may <br />sell or give it away. If you change the work in some substantive way, you <br />create a “derivative” which you can then copyright. <br />Definition of Public Domain Works <br />Definition: A public domain work is a creative work that is not protected <br />by copyright and which may be freely used by anyone. The reasons that <br />the work is not protected may include: <br />1. The term of the original and/or renewed copyright for the work has <br />expired <br />2. The author failed to satisfy statutory formalities to perfect the <br />copyright <br />3. The work is a work of the U.S. Government <br />A caution about that third category is that works often produced, or <br />distributed by the United States Government may be copyrighted, with <br />the U.S. Government using the material with the copyright holder’s <br />permission. In that case, it is NOT in the public domain. <br />For example, while conducting research on hurricanes at a U.S. <br />government site, I discovered numerous items that were copyrighted by <br />the American Red Cross (who had granted the U.S. Government <br />permission to use them). <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 194 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Copyrights laws are constantly changing but span certain broad date <br />ranges. You can use those date ranges as a starting point in determining <br />if something is likely in the public domain. Those are: <br />1. All works published before 1923 are generally in the public domain. <br />2. Works published between 1923 and 1963 went into the public <br />domain after 28 years, but may have had the copyrights extended <br />for another 47 years. <br />3. Works published between 1964 and 1977 went into the public <br />domain after 28 years but were eligible for an automatic extension <br />for another 67 years. <br />4. Works created 1978 - present, copyright is LIFE plus 70 years. <br />5. Work created by the U.S. government is public domain and went <br />into the public domain upon creation. <br />The Laws Governing Public Domain Works Differ From <br />Country To Country! <br />The complexity and fuzziness of the copyright laws is evident in this <br />Wikipedia explanation: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain <br />Which Works MAY Be In The Public Domain <br />Works that may be in the public domain and that you could use in <br />creating your own products (or product lines) include books, posters, <br />movies, artwork, software and other items. <br />Common Examples of Public Domain Works <br />The movie “Little Shop Of Horrors” is public domain <br />P.T. Barnum released some of his titles as public domain right from the <br />beginning. <br />Napoleon Hill’s famous “Think And Grow Rich” is public domain, but there <br />is a version copyrighted by the Napoleon Hill Foundation too. <br />Famous political speeches <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 195 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Confirming That It’s In The Public Domain <br />The best way to absolutely (almost) confirm that a work is in the public <br />domain is to use one of the many firms that do legal copyright/patent <br />searches and will verify for you that a work is indeed public domain. Their <br />research should come with some type of guarantee, and should offer you <br />a degree of protection against inadvertently violating a copyright. Not <br />having used one of these, I’ll defer making a recommendation and <br />suggest asking for recommendations - perhaps on a discussion forum for <br />writers. <br />One of the best works that I’ve read on the topic is “The Public Domain: <br />How to Find Copyright-Free Writings, Music, Art & More (by Attorney <br />Stephen Fishman) <br />You’ll find it here: <br />http://www.nolo.com/lawstore/products/product.cfm/objectID/CF0946AF- <br />06EA-46EF-A2FC0F9F99DB505D/sampleChapter/3 <br />Copyright-able Derivatives <br />To convert a public domain work into a copyright-able derivative, you <br />need to change it in some substantive way. That could include: <br />1. Creating an annotated versions where you commented upon the <br />chapters, or perhaps updated the language. Ted Ciuba did this with <br />Think And Grow Rich, and then published “The New Think And Grow <br />Rich.” <br />2. Converting the work to a different form such as recording an audio <br />version of a print book. Along the same lines, you could turn the <br />public domain version into perhaps a Camtasia Video version, an <br />interactive software version, or any of a number of other creative <br />versions. <br />3. A public domain work can be the center of a recorded teleseminar, <br />with the recording or the teleseminar itself being a derivative <br />product. A recorded tele-class could be used in the same way. <br />4. A membership site with a trademarked theme could be based upon <br />a public domain work. <br />Aside from derivatives, you can create a unique product that <br />distinguishes you in the marketplace by bundling public domain works <br />with either copyrighted or other public domain works, to create themed <br />collections. Public domain works can also be used as bonuses when <br />marketing your own or others products. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 196 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />A Paid Sources Of Public Domain Works <br />Being lazy, most of the public domain materials that I’ve personally used <br />were researched, verified in the public domain, and then sold as product <br />packages by savvy marketers. Two such examples were: <br />“Public Domain Riches” by Yanik Silver and Michael Holland. Yanik <br />periodically offers limited edition collections. Each release quickly sells <br />out. I don’t think that he’s currently offering a collection but you can get <br />some free tips on public domain works and get on a waiting list if you <br />desire at: http://publicdomainriches.com/ <br />“The Lost Files” by Russell Brunson. Russell was researching public <br />domain works for his own use when he noticed that he had accrued quite <br />a collection. He began offering those “cleared” pubic domain works <br />through a membership site, and later as a collection on CD. Russell’s <br />package is no longer available, but his site is: http://TheLostFiles.com <br />This suggests a glowing void in the marketplace to me, and an easy way <br />for YOU to earn that $100 per day. Just sell 1 CD per day with a collection <br />of public domains works or derivatives at $99 each and you have your <br />$100 per day! Simply set up your own authority site on public domain <br />works, and sell to authors who don’t want to go through the time or effort <br />to locate and verify which works are indeed public domain. You could <br />offer several niche specific bundles. <br />Free Sources Of Public Domain Works <br />I shared with you two source where I’ve purchased public domain <br />material before but any search engine will reveal dozens of sources of <br />public domain material in every imaginable format. <br />Here are some of my favorites: <br />Project Gutenberg - the definitive archive of public domain novels, <br />featuring 6267 texts documents. You can download those text files and <br />use them with minor modifications. Please confirm the requirement on <br />the site, but I believe that all you need to do is remove the reference to <br />Project Gutenberg. I have used and/or sold dozens of works that I located <br />from this site. One was a cookbook of recipes from the 1890’s. <br />You’ll find Project Gutenberg is at: http://promo.net/pg/ <br />You can browse Project Gutenberg by author, title, or recently posted <br />works. They have a whole team of people who are continuously <br />converting public domain works to plain text documents. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 197 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Here’s a nice small collection of documents (many in WordPerfect) <br />“Public Domain Databases in the Sciences” <br />http://www.csudh.edu/oliver/pubdomdb.htm <br />Ibiblio - The Public's Library and Digital Archive http://www.ibiblio.org <br />Wikipedia - Public Domain Resources <br />http://www.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Public_domain_resources <br />If you need copyright free photos and images check out: <br />http://gimp-savvy.com/PHOTO-ARCHIVE/ <br />This photo archive at Gimp-Savvy.com has more than 27,000 free photos <br />and images. <br />For public domain music, check out http://www.pdinfo.com/list.htm <br />It’s "A reference site to help identify public domain songs and public <br />domain music" <br />Also check out, “The Choral Public Domain Library http://www.cpdl.org/ <br />billed as " the largest website devoted exclusively to free choral sheet <br />music. This site has over 200 contributors and 4,300 scores" <br />For public domain software some popular sites are: <br />Freeware Home http://www.freewarehome.com/ <br />Freeware Files http://www.freewarefiles.com/ <br />Freeware Web http://www.freewareweb.com/ <br />CNet Download.com - Shareware and Freeware http://download.com.com <br />These software sites are excellent for locating software that can be <br />improved upon, or software that can be marketed or given away as-is. <br />Examples of Currently Marketed Public Domain Works <br />Ted Ciuba’s The New Think And Grow Rich - book and product line. <br />Rebecca Fine’s The Science of Getting Rich - which she turned into <br />numerous products. <br />Matt Furey’s “Farmer Burns Catch Wrestling” <br />Morgan Westerman’s “The Interview With God” was created from a public <br />domain poem, which was set to music and matched up with inspiring <br />pictures. This site gets millions of visitors and earns MILLIONS of dollars <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 198 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />The Master Key System Audio which I have published as an annotated <br />ebook. I also market an audio version and a version niched to martial <br />artists. I purchased the audio recordings of 16 separate works and then <br />simply set up a website and began selling them. <br />Sun Tzsu’s “The Art Of War.” I’ve seen countless versions of this ebook <br />niched to different career fields. <br />Selling Your Products Created From Public Domain <br />Materials <br />At it’s most basic, you need a public domain work that lots of people are <br />interested in, a mini-site that describes the product, a payment <br />processor, and a way to generate traffic to your sales page. Let’s examine <br />each of these in sequence, while acknowledging that techniques taught in <br />many of the other chapters of this ebook can also be used to sell public <br />domain products. <br />A Product That Lots Of People Are Interested In <br />It is absolutely critical that you confirm that not only are lots of people <br />interested in the topic, but that they: <br />1. Want more “stuff” on that topic. Find a market that has an ongoing <br />interest in a topic that you want to market in and determine that <br />the market want the product in the formats you plan on offering. <br />2. Are capable of paying for what you have to offer. It doesn’t matter <br />how much people want your product if those who want it can’t <br />afford to pay for it. It does little good to market a $5000 course on <br />a topic to people on limited/fixed income, no matter how bad they <br />might really want the product. <br />3. Are willing to pay for it. In some niches, people believe that they <br />can find what they are looking for free, so they hesitate to pay for <br />that item. An example is recipes. There are probably more pages on <br />the internet offering free recipes than there are people on the face <br />of the plant. So, it does take powerful copywriting to sell in that <br />marketplace and many aspiring cookbook authors simply can’t sell <br />their cookbook. Know the demographics of your potential customers <br />and their buying patterns. <br />4. Are willing to pay for what you plan to offer. Verify that by <br />confirming that they are already spending money on similar <br />products. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 199 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />If there are no similar products, here are some things you can do <br />before investing too much time and effort in the project. <br />Drive some traffic to a lead capture page, from the pay per click <br />search engines. On that lead capture page, either survey your <br />visitors to see what they are really looking for, or tell them that you <br />are developing a product that you’ll offer them for free or at a <br />discount in exchange for feedback and suggestions. <br />Another idea is to use the search engines to search for sites that <br />show up in the top-30 for your primary <br />keyword phrases. Visit each site and see exactly what they are <br />selling. See if similar products are already being sold, and look for <br />sites that your product would be a perfect compliment to. <br />A Mini-Site <br />The simplest website to set up is a one page direct sales letter. It’s just <br />ONE page explaining how a given product is going to improve the <br />prospects’ life. Traffic is driven to the website where the person either <br />buys or leaves, or in some instances join a list for more information. <br />This one page, or several page, mini-site does need good copywriting, but <br />think of it as if you're explaining to a friend how your product will <br />improve their lives. It doesn’t have to be any more complicated than that! <br />My personal favorite copywriting formula is called “problem, agitate, <br />solution.” You describe the problem that your product solves, explain why <br />it really is an excruciatingly painful problem that they really do need to <br />solve, and then you explain why your product offers the perfect solution. <br />Use testimonials to have others validate your assertions, use a guarantee <br />to eliminate any risk of dealing with you, and clearly state your offer. It <br />really is that simple. <br />The mini-site can be fleshed-out with more educational information on <br />solving a given problem, more information about the expertise of the <br />person offering the product, and things that give the site a degree of <br />interactivity. <br />A properly structured mini-site can be a simple money machine. It can be <br />written so that from the first word on the page, a person is led towards <br />the decision to take that single “most desired action.” In-fact, any sales <br />page MUST tell the person what to do and how to do it. Anything that <br />confuses a prospect will send them away. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 200 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />A mini-site should not attempt to sell more than one or two products. It <br />should not be a “super store.” A person faced with too many choices, <br />won’t make any. That’s why fast food restaurants typically offer only one <br />or two choices in kids’ meals. Faced with five choices, many kids would <br />stand and stare at the menu until the parent grew frustrated and decided <br />to shop somewhere else. <br />A Payment Processor <br />The vast majority of your customers will want to pay via credit card, and <br />they will want instant delivery if that's practical. Until you are sure that <br />your volume of business will justify the expense of a merchant account, <br />you probably want to use a third-party payment processor. Even after you <br />have sufficient volume to make a merchant account economical, you may <br />still want to use a third-party payment processor for the other <br />conveniences that they can provide. <br />Here are three commonly used third-party credit card processors: <br />1. Clickbank - For the sale of digitally delivered products Clickbank is <br />fast and easy to set up. For $49.95 you can get setup as a <br />merchant, and sell up to 50 of your products through a single <br />Clickbank account. Extra accounts are available if you need more <br />than 50 products. <br />Some merchants that I know HAVE sold physical products on <br />Clickbank, but they advertise digitally delivered products only. <br />When setting up a product for sale, you’ll be required to show them <br />your sales page and download page, so that they can see/test your <br />sales process. <br />If your sales page is too hype-filled or offers questionable products, <br />Clickbank will likely reject your product. <br />Clickbank boasts a ready supply of over 100,000 affiliates, but <br />those affiliates still need to be made aware of your products, be <br />provided with the right tools, and training. <br />Clickbank charges you, the merchant $1.00 + 7.5 % per sale <br />Clickbank pays merchants and affiliates twice a month. The big <br />convenience of using Clickbank is that they manage tracking and <br />paying affiliates and processing credit cards or electronic checks. <br />2. Paypal - To get setup you register, verify the amount made in two <br />tiny deposits sent to your checking account …and you’re all set to <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 201 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />send and receive money in any of 190 different countries and <br />regions. <br />Paypal does not accept accounts (merchants or buyers) from all <br />countries. <br />Paypal lets you accept credit cards and electronic checks if desired. <br />You can turn off the option to accept eChecks, which is the most <br />problematic type of transaction for many merchants. <br />Paypal does offer a shopping cart that you can integrate into your <br />websites. <br />Paypal offers the use of “IPN “ to verify orders before taking a <br />customer to a download <br />page <br />Paypal offers the leverage of being a HUGE company, owned by the <br />same entity that owns Ebay and Skype. They have over 150 million <br />registered users worldwide, and customers who frequent Ebay <br />readily recognize and feel comfortable using Paypal. <br />With Paypal you get your funds instantly deposited to your account <br />where you can leave the money there, withdraw it using an ATM <br />card, transfer it to an associated checking account, or spend it with <br />other Paypal users. <br />With Paypal you need to set up and manage your own affiliate <br />program. You generally pay your own affiliates if you have any. <br />Paypal does readily interface with these two inexpensive scripts <br />that allow you to easily set up your own affiliate program: <br />1) Rapid Action Profits <br />2) The $7 Scripts <br />Paypal fees are .30 cents per transaction + 1.9% to 2.9% per <br />transaction, depending upon the monthly volume that you process. <br />3. PayDotCom.com <br />Similar to Clickbank except higher limits <br />Newer than Clickbank so smaller marketplace and fewer merchants <br />Fees are $1 to $3 per transaction PLUS Paypal fees. <br />PayDotCom.com fees are split between merchant and affiliate <br />Purchasers pay instantly to merchant’s PayPal account. <br />They allow you to sell physical products and digital goods. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 202 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />An Integrated Selling System <br />When selling your own products, you need an integrated system takes the <br />customer from sales page, to order form, to payment processor, back to a <br />download or thank you page. <br />It needs to feel seamless to make the customer feel comfortable. The <br />fewer clicks the better. The fewer forms they have to fill in the better. <br />Both The $7 Script and The Rapid Action Profit script offer simple <br />inexpensive integrated solutions. The Rapid Action Profits script offers the <br />added advantage of allowing you to email your entire database via the <br />scripts admin panel. You can only email portions of your database when <br />using The $7 Script. <br />7 Ways To Generate Traffic <br />Having a product and a beautiful website is useless unless you <br />also have visitors to that site who will hopefully buy your <br />products. Here are some easy, inexpensive ways to drive traffic to <br />your websites: <br />1. Write And Publish Articles - This is a dependable, but relatively <br />slow, method of generating website traffic. It’s slow because it <br />takes time for your articles to be accepted/published by the <br />different article directories and ezine publishers. It takes time for <br />the search engines to spider, and then index webpages containing <br />your articles, and for you to rank for target keywords contained <br />within the articles. <br />Write 300 - 1000 word articles addressing problems that your <br />product solves. Submit these articles manually, or using <br />inexpensive article distribution services. A great, inexpensive <br />service to begin with is at http://Isnare.com When submitting <br />manually, focus on submitting to the top ranked article directories <br />and to ezines that you subscribe to and know that your articles are <br />appropriate. <br />Also post your articles to your websites and blogs. If you want your <br />website to rank highest for your target keywords then you probably <br />want to post your articles to your website first. <br />2. Pay Per Click Search Engines - This can be a risky proposition. You <br />could easily spend more than you are earning and have quickly <br />spent a small fortune before you realize that an ad is not working. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 203 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Begin by setting up a Google AdWords Account at <br />http://adwords.google.com. <br />There is a tutorial on the site that explains how to do this, so I <br />won’t cover that. I will just emphasize that you need to start small, <br />limiting your account to perhaps $50. Then only increase that <br />amount when you’ve confirmed that a given ad campaign is <br />working. <br />A seldom discussed fact is that often MOST of your AdWords <br />campaigns will not be profitable. That’s why you test and track <br />results closely. Even though most campaigns will be losers, the big <br />winners will more than make up for the losers. <br />When you do get a winner, stick with it but make tiny changes, <br />trying to beat your control (that's the ad that gave the best <br />results). Keep using the control until one of your alternate ads <br />beats it. That's your new control. Then consider discontinuing the <br />'old' one, but at that point you may want to run both ads. <br />3. Viral Ebooks - You can take any of your articles and by adding <br />additional resources and tips, create an ebook that you can give <br />away. Offer these ebooks through yours and others websites, <br />forums, etc. that allow you to advertise your free ebooks. You can <br />also take a private label product, quickly rework it, and offer that as <br />a free gift. <br />In your ebooks, recommend appropriate products or services but <br />make some of the links rebrandable. This will encourage others to <br />change those links to their own affiliate links and then to pass on <br />your ebook. The key is to have some links in the ebooks that are <br />NOT rebrandable, or offer readers of the ebooks a free valuable gifts <br />for visiting your site. After the reader downloads the freebie, point <br />them to your sales page. <br />Instead of an ebook, you can also personalize any of the <br />inexpensive private label software now offered through dozens of <br />sites and then offer that revised software from the same places that <br />you’d offer free ebooks. <br />4. Ezine Ads - Place ads in ezines in your niche that you subscribe to, <br />enjoy, and think that your fellow subscribers enjoy too. Advertising <br />in a sub-par ezine is probably a waste of time and money. If you <br />don’t enjoy reading each issue, the chances are that other <br />subscribers don’t either… so the odds are that very few people <br />would read your ad in this ezine. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 204 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Place ads in ezines that don’t run too many ads, and negotiate to <br />have your ad near the top of the ezine. <br />5. Joint Ventures - Perhaps the “Queen of Traffic Sources!” <br />When you can land a lucrative joint venture with someone with a <br />large list or busy website, the traffic and orders will FLOOD in. <br />However, getting one of these people to joint venture with you can <br />be a challenge. Here’s the secret though… offer them a top quality <br />product that’s a perfect match for their list at an irresistible price. <br />There is more to it than that but larger list owners and owners of <br />busy websites are constantly looking for great products and services <br />to tell their members about. The problem is that many of the <br />products that they are asked to joint venture on are really <br />substandard. You must only seek joint ventures on products that <br />their list members will be thrilled that the JV partners told them <br />about! <br />6. An Affiliate Program - Just one good affiliate could send you enough <br />daily sales to earn you the targeted $100 per day with no work <br />beyond recruiting them! <br />7. An Ezine - An ezine or update list allows you to build a relationship <br />with your visitors and get repeat visitors. The fact is that MOST of <br />your visitors will not buy on the first visit, so you need a method of <br />inviting them back to your site. <br />Create an ezine on a topic that pertains to your product. Invite <br />people to opt-in by filling out a form on your webpage which then <br />subscribes them to your autoresponder. Once a week, send out an <br />email update, or a newsletter containing your latest article on your <br />niche. <br />An easy to set-up autoresponder is at http://www.aweber.com. <br />They have a reputation for relatively high email deliverability rates, <br />compared to most other autoresponder services that I’m familiar <br />with. <br />This ezine will remind the potential customer of you, your site, and <br />your product, and when they are ready to buy, it will bring them <br />back to your site. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 205 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Finally - Don’t Overlook The Backend <br />Backend sales are any sale that you make after that initial sale. If you <br />offer your customers additional items that are closely related to the <br />primary product (that they’ve just proven an interest in) they will buy <br />them. <br />Offer other products or gifts on your product download pages. <br />Periodically offer backend products to your ezine subscribers. <br />Send free gifts or notes on how to get the maximum utility from the <br />product that your customers bought. Do this in follow-up autoresponder <br />messages days, weeks, and even months after they purchased a product. <br />Willie Crawford has been selling goods and services on the Internet <br />since late-1996. He also created and marketed products ranging from free <br />reports to $25,000 seminars. Willie shares his experience and advice with <br />aspiring online marketers on his blog at http://WillieCrawford.com/blog/ <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 206 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Membership sites <br />Written by Thea Swafford <br />Your Monetized Membership Site Set Up Today. <br />People love to be a part of something, to be included. Look at all of the <br />chat boards, forums and discussion groups that are online. How many do <br />you participate in? Do you realize that you can make some serious money <br />by using the same principle and creating a club? <br />It doesn't matter that you are new to the Net, don't know how to create a <br />web page or that you aren't even an expert at something. This is as easy <br />as it gets. <br />What Are You Good At And Enjoy? <br />Personally, I love food. So, for demonstration purposes let's build a <br />membership site around food. I don't have to be an expert on food to <br />have a club or membership site about food. I just have to present a place <br />for other people that love food to meet each other and exchange <br />information that is special enough that they want to stay month after <br />month. <br />Lets Break the Topic of Food Down Into Smaller Parts. <br />Appliance cooking <br />● Bread machine <br />● Crockpot cooking <br />Baking <br />● Indoors <br />● Outdoors <br />● Campfire <br />● Solar oven <br />Canning <br />● Water bath canning <br />● Pressure canning <br />Fermenting <br />● Beer <br />● Brine <br />● Kefir <br />● Kombucha <br />● Pickling <br />● Vinegar <br />Gardening <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 207 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />· Container <br />· Herb <br />· Hydroponic <br />· Organic <br />Grilling <br />Indoors <br />Outdoors <br />Naturopathy (healing with food) <br />Salads <br />Smoked Preserved Foods <br />Soups <br />Storing food <br />You get the idea, I could go on for a week. <br />Go to Yahoo Groups and find groups that address the 'parts' of your topic <br />of interest. You are looking for the largest groups that have an obvious <br />leader or mentor and whose membership is very active. You don't need to <br />include all of the groups at once, but find three or four that are <br />complimentary to each other and join the groups. In this instance, I <br />found: <br />1) A Doctor of Naturopathy who describes his free membership site as <br />a herbal remedies list that has a complete set of files on most <br />herbal remedies, their formula and preparation and is for those of <br />you who are interested in total healing using herbal remedies, <br />nutrition, and all natural methods including "LAUGHTER" ;-). The <br />good doctor's group has a very loyal following of 6,532 members at <br />the time of this writing. <br />The doctor's personal web site shows that he also retails the <br />remedies that he teaches about and has a couple of books to his <br />name for sale. <br />2) The second group has a very loyal following of 6,137 (30 of which <br />have joined this week). He has a very active list of proactive people <br />that are obviously expanding the list by word of mouth. <br />This list was initiated to discuss the art of preparing traditional Kefir <br />with Kefir-Grains. They welcome members to discuss other cultured <br />food-products, some of which in fact, are explained throughout the <br />list owner's extensive web site. He encourages the discussion in <br />relation to health-related attributes of cultured food-products also. <br />He has a book on the topic and sells the starters for probiotic <br />cultures. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 208 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />3) Our third group is a well published author with 9,637 members <br />whose group is described as follows. The original e-mail resource <br />for recipes, encouragement, tips and discussion for once-a-month <br />cooking (OAMC), make-ahead meals, feeding the freezer, bulk <br />cooking, freezer-meals, mini-sessions, Mega-cooking, or just <br />general cooking ahead. <br />4) The fourth group contains specialists in organic gardening and have <br />a faithful following of 6,057 members. Friends talking about their <br />homestead: gardens-orchard-vineyard-flowers-herbs-fruit cellarschickens- <br />goats-honeybees-stocking up-compost-recipes and selfsufficiency. <br />See how simple it is to grow your own organic produce, <br />and learn how to feed your family healthier. <br />Once you have found a few experts in your area of interest that <br />compliment each other, but don't compete, study them. Read the <br />messages that have been posted, go through the files and see: <br />· What is missing that you can contribute to the group <br />· The perspective of the list owners <br />· The attitude and perspective of the list members. <br />Keep in mind that you are going to come across lists that are not <br />conducive to your objective. For instance one list that I joined that was <br />food related had to do with frugal living. The people on that particular list <br />were caught up in turning trash to treasures for holiday giving and frankly <br />weren't very nice to each other. The members of that list, probably <br />wouldn't pay to join our club or be of benefit to the four groups <br />mentioned above. Be selective. <br />You can add more 'experts' as you grow. Adding an expert at least once a <br />month should help to keep your club members and existing experts in the <br />club. <br />Now the Fun Begins! <br />Start your own Yahoo group cross pollinating the groups that you've <br />joined and call it a club. Do you think that our doctor would like to sell his <br />remedies to the 21,831 members of the cultured food, organic gardening <br />and recipe groups? Do you think that the other three group owners would <br />like to sell their wares to the lists of the doctor and each other? <br />Sure they would! <br />Invite the owners of the other groups to join free, tell them that you <br />would even like to showcase them on your club site, tell them that they <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 209 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />will be the expert in their field here and are encouraged to sell their <br />wares and promote their web sites. Go on to offer to upload all the files <br />from their file section to yours as a courtesy and give each expert their <br />own file area. Then send them out to tell their lists about the new club in <br />town that is showcasing them. <br />Keep your dues low, it's easier to get 200 people to pay $5 than 5 people <br />to pay $200. The smaller the amount is the more likely the members are <br />to stay in the club month after month. And our purpose is to build passive <br />residual income. That is to say that we are going to build this once and <br />get paid month after month. <br />The four folks in our example groups have combined lists of 28,363 <br />people. If just 5% of them join our 'club' at $5 a head that's an extra <br />$5,675 income this month... that's $189.16 per day. It took me less than <br />15 minutes to find these four, if I apply myself for another half hour there <br />is no telling how many 'experts' I can find... that come complete with <br />lists, to join my club and promote it to their lists. <br />And no, the 'experts' I bring in do not have to have a Yahoo group. I have <br />one chef in the cross-hairs that has his own active forum and over 48,000 <br />members. Google your interest as well as doing a Yahoo search for the <br />'experts' in your field. <br />Back to Yahoo... <br />Yahoo groups are very easy to set up. Just log into your free Yahoo <br />account and click the link that says Start A Group. After that you will be <br />walked through the process of setting up your group (club) one question <br />at a time. <br />Now, here's a few things to think about. <br />In the Manage your group area of your Yahoo group: <br />● You can set your Yahoo group page to show or not show how many <br />members you have. I would not show until the numbers were <br />impressive. <br />● You can show or not show member profiles and contact information. <br />I would choose to not show, because you want your club to be the <br />only means of communication between members and faculty. <br />● You can set the site to accept anyone or you can qualify them. I <br />would qualify them and give the payment link in an email to them <br />to qualify... by paying. :o) <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 210 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Setting Up Your Payment Method. <br />Go to PayPal and set up a free business account if you don't already have <br />one. Once inside of your account find recurring payments. I would love to <br />tell you where it is, but they like to move things. It should be somewhere <br />in Merchant Accounts in accepting website payments. Make sure that you <br />keep track of the payment information to send to your clients. <br />Draft an e-mail with the payment information and welcome to copy and <br />paste into your Yahoo group post area. This will automatically be sent to <br />the applicant when they ask to join your club. Once they have paid, you <br />will receive notification from PayPal and can manually approve the person <br />in the management area of your group. Again, they will be sent an email <br />to welcome them automatically. You can customize this letter too in the <br />management area of your group. <br />You want to be very active in your club. As the owner you will need to <br />give something to the membership on a regular basis. For instance in this <br />case I would probably give them a weekly menu of things that are very <br />delicious and extremely good for you... as well as a grocery list for the <br />week. In that weekly e-mail I would also suggest items to purchase that I <br />receive a commission from if they do, such as a particular pressure <br />cooker to help them prepare nutritious meals more quickly. <br />I like to do things once and get paid for a very long time so I would make <br />52 menus and put them in an autoresponder set to send a message once <br />a week and be done with it. I use the autoresponder service at A1eBiz for <br />all of my lists. Yes, this does cost $20 per month, but so far that's the <br />only expense you have with your new business venture. <br />As for items to sell the club members in the autoresponder messages <br />simply go to ClickBank, set up a free account, then go to the Marketplace <br />and search your club's interests. I found 109 cookbooks alone there, not <br />to mention other cooking items that are on the market. <br />Remember to Google your area of interest for items that offer affiliate <br />programs that are not paid through ClickBank. You have to be a little <br />careful here. Offer purchasers a bonus that requires them to send you the <br />email receipt for the purchase. If you don't receive the commissions from <br />the company as you should, then you can forward these email <br />notifications from your purchasers and request your commissions. This is <br />something that you have to keep on top of to really benefit from any <br />more, but well worth it if you have the time. <br />Another way to make money from your club is to compile the information <br />that is freely shared in each thread of the posting into e-books and sell <br />them cheap to the membership. One lady does this and doesn't even cut <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 211 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />the posts, she just copies and paste the whole thread into a pdf file and <br />sells them for $5 each to her list members. <br />Start Spreading The Word... <br />Tell your other lists, post information in forums and other groups that <br />you're a member of. Tell your friends and family, about your super-duper <br />'club' and your already elite membership. A lot of groups will allow what <br />is called a signature file. That means that when you post to a group you <br />are permitted to list your web site or Yahoo group under your name. Not <br />all groups allow this, so know which ones have rules against it. If you are <br />allowed to use a signature file, take advantage of it. <br />Send out a press release each time you get a new expert. There is a press <br />release generator and over 9,000 live links to local newspapers in the <br />U.S. and Online press release sources here. There are also live links for <br />advertising venues in the same place. <br />As you can see this is a very easy process, that requires no previous <br />Internet expertise. It's just people working together to the benefit of all. <br />You can have your club set up and generating a steady monthly income <br />by following the steps above in just a matter of a couple of hours. By <br />being active in your club and promoting it on a consistent basis you <br />should have a very healthy income stream. <br />Now, rinse and repeat... what else are you good at and enjoy? Nobody <br />said that you could only have one club. ;o) <br />Thea Swafford is in her 10th year working online to help people to <br />efficiently run both their home base and their business with wisdom and <br />humor. Visit Thea at http://TheaSwafford.com and read more of her <br />articles at http://EFischentLiving.com <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 212 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />Resell Rights <br />Written by Scott & Sharlene Raven <br />My name is Scott Raven. My wife, Sharlene, and I own Raven Media <br />Group. Due to some serious health issues, I have spent the last year and <br />a half unable to work in our business and Sharlene was forced to learn <br />everything about it all at once. She really could have used an eBook like <br />this one back then. :-) <br />As you have already read so far, in this eBook there are many different <br />methods to reach your $100 per day goal. I would like to share with you <br />the way that Sharlene was able to keep our business growing during my <br />absence. It has to do with using Resell Rights and Private Label Rights <br />information products. <br />Before you go running scared...I'm not talking about rewriting PLR <br />products and making them into brand new products. Although this is a <br />very powerful method and can quickly rocket your business to your goal <br />and beyond, many people just do not have the time or the resources to <br />do that. <br />What I am talking about is buying Resale Rights products and PLR <br />products for the specific purpose of turning around and reselling them to <br />your list of subscribers (if you currently have one) or through an affiliate <br />program. (Just to be sure, an affiliate program gives you a unique <br />website address to promote other people's products in return for a <br />commission if any visitor send by you buys that product). <br />This is actually the primary model we currently use in our business. <br />There are many ways to begin using Resale Rights and/or Private Label <br />Rights information products, but before I get into our strategies, I think it <br />would be helpful to define the different types of rights that you can get <br />for information products to resell. <br />There is a lot of confusion in our industry related to types of rights and <br />many people who are new to selling information products can find <br />themselves in hot water over these distinctions if they are not careful. <br />The best advice I can give you is to be sure there is a specific License File <br />with each product you acquire, that spells the rights you have out for you <br />very clearly. If there is any confusion on your part, contact the seller you <br />purchased from or the product creator for clarification. <br />© 2007 The Internet Marketing Inner Circle Page 213 of 247 <br />20 Ways To Make $100 Per Day Online <br />The Different Types of Rights <br />Personal Use Rights <br />Personal Use Rights are basically just what they sound like. When you <br />buy a product with personal use rights, you can only use the product <br />yourself. You cannot sell or give away these types of products for any <br />reason without violating copyright laws. <br />This also means you're not allowed to share the product with a close <br />friend or relative, although this is often done. Sure, if you give a copy to <br />your best friend or business associate, you may never be caught. If you <br />do, however, it can be very costly to you and to your business. <br />Basic Resale Rights <br />Basic Resale Rights, more commonly known simply as "Resale Rights", <br />are a little more flexible than Personal Use. You actually have the option <br />to profit not only from the use of the product, but you also have the right <br />to sell the product for 100% profit on each sale. <br />With Basic Resale Rights, you get the Personal Rights to the product you <br />purchased. You also get the right to sell it to others and you get to keep <br />the full purchase amount from your customers. Some sellers may restrict <br />you to selling the product at a certain price point or higher. This may or <br />may not be able to be completely enforced, depending on what country <br />you live in. You should always check with your legal counsel on this point. <br />A main limitation with Basic Resale Rights is the fact that you cannot sell <br />the right to